6-K 1 a20-24210_16k.htm 6-K

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 6-K

 

REPORT OF FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER
PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-16 OR 15d-16
UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

30 July 2020

 

Commission File number 001-15246

 

LLOYDS BANKING GROUP plc

(Translation of registrant’s name into English)

 

25 Gresham Street
London
EC2V 7HN
United Kingdom

(Address of principal executive offices)

 


 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F.

 

Form 20-F x     Form 40-F  o

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101 (b) (1) o.

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101 (b) (7) o.

 

This report on Form 6-K shall be deemed incorporated by reference into the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-3 (File No. 333-231902) and to be a part thereof from the date on which this report is filed, to the extent not superseded by documents or reports subsequently filed or furnished.

 

 

 


 

EXPLANATORY NOTE

 

This report on Form 6-K contains the interim report of Lloyds Banking Group plc, which includes the unaudited consolidated interim results for the half-year ended 30 June 2020, and is being incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement with File No. 333-231902.

 


 

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

This report covers the results of Lloyds Banking Group plc (the Company) together with its subsidiaries (the Group) for the half-year ended 30 June 2020.

 

Statutory basis: Statutory information is set out on pages 2  to 6 . However, a number of factors have had a significant effect on the comparability of the Group’s financial position and results. Accordingly, the results are also presented on an underlying basis.

 

Underlying basis: These results are adjusted for certain items which are listed below, to allow a comparison of the Group’s underlying performance.

 

·                                          restructuring, including severance related costs, the rationalisation of the non-branch property portfolio, the establishment of the Schroders partnership, the integration of MBNA and Zurich’s UK workplace pensions and savings business;

 

·                                          volatility and other items, which includes the effects of certain asset sales, the volatility relating to the Group’s hedging arrangements and that arising in the insurance businesses, insurance gross up, the unwind of acquisition-related fair value adjustments and the amortisation of purchased intangible assets;

 

·                                          payment protection insurance provisions.

 

Segment information: During the half-year to 30 June 2020, the Group migrated certain customer relationships from the SME business within Commercial Banking to Business Banking within Retail; the Group has also adopted the Sterling Overnight Index Average (SONIA) interest rate benchmark in place of LIBOR as a basis for internal funding charges; comparatives have been restated accordingly. The underlying profit and statutory results at Group level are unchanged as a result of these restatements.

 

Unless otherwise stated, income statement commentaries throughout this document compare the six months ended 30 June 2020 to the six months ended 30 June 2019, and the balance sheet analysis compares the Group balance sheet as at 30 June 2020 to the Group balance sheet as at 31 December 2019.

 


 

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This document contains certain forward looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and section 27A of the US Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the business, strategy, plans and/or results of Lloyds Banking Group plc together with its subsidiaries (the Group) and its current goals and expectations relating to its future financial condition and performance. Statements that are not historical facts, including statements about the Group’s or its directors’ and/or management’s beliefs and expectations, are forward looking statements. Words such as ‘believes’, ‘anticipates’, ‘estimates’, ‘expects’, ‘intends’, ‘aims’, ‘potential’, ‘will’, ‘would’, ‘could’, ‘considered’, ‘likely’, ‘estimate’ and variations of these words and similar future or conditional expressions are intended to identify forward looking statements but are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements. Examples of such forward looking statements include, but are not limited to: projections or expectations of the Group’s future financial position including profit attributable to shareholders, provisions, economic profit,  dividends, capital structure, portfolios, net interest margin, capital ratios, liquidity, risk-weighted assets (RWAs), expenditures or any other financial items or ratios; litigation, regulatory and governmental investigations;  the Group’s future financial performance; the level and extent of future impairments and write-downs; statements of plans, objectives or goals of the Group or its management including in respect of statements about the future business and economic environments in the UK and elsewhere including, but not limited to, future trends in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, credit and equity market levels and demographic developments; statements about competition, regulation, disposals and consolidation or technological developments in the financial services industry; and statements of assumptions underlying such statements. By their nature, forward looking statements involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to events and depend upon circumstances that will or may occur in the future.  Factors that could cause actual business, strategy, plans and/or results (including but not limited to the payment of dividends) to differ materially from forward looking statements made by the Group or on its behalf include, but are not limited to: general economic and business conditions in the UK and internationally; market related trends and developments; fluctuations in interest rates, inflation, exchange rates, stock markets and currencies; any impact of the transition from IBORs to alternative reference rates; the ability to access sufficient sources of capital, liquidity and funding when required; changes to the Group’s credit ratings; the ability to derive cost savings and other benefits including, but without limitation as a result of any acquisitions, disposals and other strategic transactions; the ability to achieve strategic objectives; changing customer behaviour including consumer spending, saving and borrowing habits; changes to borrower or counterparty credit quality; concentration of financial exposure; management and monitoring of conduct risk; instability in the global financial markets, including Eurozone instability, instability as a result of uncertainty surrounding the exit by the UK from the European Union (EU) and as a result of such exit and the potential for other countries to exit the EU or the Eurozone and the impact of any sovereign credit rating downgrade or other sovereign financial issues; political instability including as a result of any UK general election; technological changes and risks to the security of IT and operational infrastructure, systems, data and information resulting from increased threat of cyber and other attacks; natural, pandemic (including but not limited to the coronavirus disease (COVID-19) pandemic) and other disasters, adverse weather and similar contingencies outside the Group’s control; inadequate or failed internal or external processes or systems; acts of war, other acts of hostility, terrorist acts and responses to those acts, geopolitical, pandemic or other such events; risks relating to climate change; changes in laws, regulations, practices and accounting standards or taxation, including as a result of the exit by the UK from the EU, or a further possible referendum on Scottish independence; changes to regulatory capital or liquidity requirements and similar contingencies outside the Group’s control; the policies, decisions and actions of governmental or regulatory authorities or courts in the UK, the EU, the US or elsewhere including the implementation and interpretation of key legislation and regulation together with any resulting impact on the future structure of the Group; the ability to attract and retain senior management and other employees and meet its diversity objectives; actions or omissions by the Group’s directors, management or employees including industrial action; changes to the Group’s post-retirement defined benefit scheme obligations; the extent of any future impairment charges or write-downs caused by, but not limited to, depressed asset valuations, market disruptions and illiquid markets; the value and effectiveness of any credit protection purchased by the Group; the inability to hedge certain risks economically; the adequacy of loss reserves; the actions of competitors, including non-bank financial services, lending companies and digital innovators and disruptive technologies; and exposure to regulatory or competition scrutiny, legal, regulatory or competition proceedings, investigations or complaints. Please refer to the latest Annual Report on Form 20-F filed by Lloyds Banking Group plc with the US Securities and Exchange Commission for a discussion of certain factors and risks together with examples of forward looking statements.

 

Lloyds Banking Group may also make or disclose written and/or oral forward looking statements in reports filed with or furnished to the US Securities and Exchange Commission, Lloyds Banking Group annual reviews, half-year announcements, proxy statements, offering circulars, prospectuses, press releases and other written materials and in oral statements made by the directors, officers or employees of Lloyds Banking Group to third parties, including financial analysts.

 

Except as required by any applicable law or regulation, the forward looking statements contained in this document are made as of today’s date, and the Group expressly disclaims any obligation or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward looking statements contained in this document to reflect any change in the Group’s expectations with regard thereto or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based. The information, statements and opinions contained in this document do not constitute a public offer under any applicable law or an offer to sell any securities or financial instruments or any advice or recommendation with respect to such securities or financial instruments.

 


 

CONTENTS

 

 

Page 

 

 

Summary of results

1

 

 

Statutory information (IFRS)

 

Consolidated income statement

2

Summary consolidated balance sheet

3

Review of results

4

 

 

Underlying basis information

 

Segmental analysis of profit (loss) before tax by division

7

Group profit reconciliations

8

Divisional highlights

 

Retail

9

Commercial Banking

11

Insurance and Wealth

13

Central items

15

 

 

Risk management

 

Principal risks and uncertainties

16

Credit risk portfolio

18

Funding and liquidity management

31

Capital management

35

 

 

Statutory information

 

Condensed consolidated half-year financial statements

 

Consolidated income statement

46

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

47

Consolidated balance sheet

48

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

50

Consolidated cash flow statement

53

Notes

54

 


 

SUMMARY OF RESULTS

 

 

 

Half-year
to 30 June
2020

 

Half-year
to 30 June
2019

 

Change
since
30 June
2019

 

Half-year
to 31 Dec
2019

 

 

 

£m 

 

£m 

 

% 

 

£m 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statutory results (IFRS)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income, net of insurance claims

 

7,895

 

9,131

 

(14

)

9,228

 

Total operating expenses

 

(4,668

)

(5,655

)

17

 

(7,015

)

Trading surplus

 

3,227

 

3,476

 

(7

)

2,213

 

Impairment

 

(3,829

)

(579

)

 

 

(717

)

(Loss) profit before tax

 

(602

)

2,897

 

 

 

1,496

 

(Loss) profit attributable to ordinary shareholders

 

(234

)

1,942

 

 

 

517

 

Basic (loss) earnings per share

 

(0.3

)p

2.7

p

 

 

0.8

p

Dividends per share

 

—

 

1.12

p

 

 

2.25

p

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying basis (page 7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying (loss) profit

 

(281

)

4,194

 

 

 

3,337

 

 

Capital and balance sheet

 

At
30 June
2020

 

At
31 Dec
2019

 

Change
since
31 Dec
2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statutory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers(1)

 

£

440

bn

£

440

bn

—

 

Customer deposits(2)

 

£

441

bn

£

412

bn

7

 

Loan to deposit ratio(3)

 

100

%

107

%

(7.0

)pp

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common equity tier 1 ratio(4)

 

14.6

%

13.6

%

1.0

pp

Tier 1 capital ratio(4)

 

17.4

%

16.7

%

0.7

pp

Total capital ratio(4)

 

22.3

%

21.3

%

1.0

pp

Risk-weighted assets(4)

 

£

207

bn

£

203

bn

2

 

 


(1)         Excludes reverse repos of £61.1 billion (31 December 2019: £54.6 billion).

(2)         Excludes repos of £12.3 billion (31 December 2019: £9.5 billion).

(3)         Loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse repos) divided by customer deposits (excluding repos).

(4)         Reported on the CRDIV transitional basis.

 

1


 

STATUTORY INFORMATION (IFRS)

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

 

 

 

Half-year
to 30 June
2020

 

 

Half-year
to 30 June
2019

 

 

Half-year
to 31 Dec
2019

 

 

 

£ million

 

 

£ million

 

 

£ million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and similar income

 

7,574

 

 

8,399

 

 

8,462

 

Interest and similar expense

 

(1,018

)

 

(3,760

)

 

(2,921

)

Net interest income

 

6,556

 

 

4,639

 

 

5,541

 

Fee and commission income

 

1,121

 

 

1,428

 

 

1,328

 

Fee and commission expense

 

(558

)

 

(694

)

 

(656

)

Net fee and commission income

 

563

 

 

734

 

 

672

 

Net trading income

 

(5,211

)

 

11,789

 

 

6,499

 

Insurance premium income

 

4,244

 

 

4,431

 

 

5,143

 

Other operating income

 

720

 

 

1,547

 

 

1,361

 

Other income

 

316

 

 

18,501

 

 

13,675

 

Total income

 

6,872

 

 

23,140

 

 

19,216

 

Insurance claims

 

1,023

 

 

(14,009

)

 

(9,988

)

Total income, net of insurance claims

 

7,895

 

 

9,131

 

 

9,228

 

Regulatory provisions

 

(177

)

 

(793

)

 

(2,102

)

Other operating expenses

 

(4,491

)

 

(4,862

)

 

(4,913

)

Total operating expenses

 

(4,668

)

 

(5,655

)

 

(7,015

)

Trading surplus

 

3,227

 

 

3,476

 

 

2,213

 

Impairment

 

(3,829

)

 

(579

)

 

(717

)

(Loss) profit before tax

 

(602

)

 

2,897

 

 

1,496

 

Tax credit (expense)

 

621

 

 

(672

)

 

(715

)

Profit for the period

 

19

 

 

2,225

 

 

781

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Loss) profit attributable to ordinary shareholders

 

(234

)

 

1,942

 

 

517

 

Profit attributable to other equity holders

 

234

 

 

251

 

 

215

 

Profit attributable to equity holders

 

—

 

 

2,193

 

 

732

 

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

 

19

 

 

32

 

 

49

 

Profit for the period

 

19

 

 

2,225

 

 

781

 

 

2


 

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

 

 

 

At 30 June

 

 

At 31 Dec

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances at central banks

 

78,139

 

 

55,130

 

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

 

157,113

 

 

160,189

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

32,978

 

 

26,369

 

Loans and advances to banks

 

11,202

 

 

9,775

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

501,508

 

 

494,988

 

Debt securities

 

5,604

 

 

5,544

 

Financial assets at amortised cost

 

518,314

 

 

510,307

 

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

27,211

 

 

25,092

 

Assets arising from reinsurance contracts held

 

22,220

 

 

23,567

 

Other assets

 

37,019

 

 

33,239

 

Total assets

 

872,994

 

 

833,893

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits from banks

 

34,124

 

 

28,179

 

Customer deposits

 

453,446

 

 

421,320

 

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

 

21,474

 

 

21,486

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

28,631

 

 

25,779

 

Debt securities in issue

 

99,931

 

 

97,689

 

Liabilities arising from insurance and investment contracts

 

143,052

 

 

148,908

 

Subordinated liabilities

 

17,717

 

 

17,130

 

Other liabilities

 

25,757

 

 

25,596

 

Total liabilities

 

824,132

 

 

786,087

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

42,734

 

 

41,697

 

Other equity instruments

 

5,906

 

 

5,906

 

Non-controlling interests

 

222

 

 

203

 

Total equity

 

48,862

 

 

47,806

 

Total equity and liabilities

 

872,994

 

 

833,893

 

 

3


 

REVIEW OF RESULTS

 

Income statement

 

The performance of the Group has been significantly affected by the coronavirus pandemic and its impact upon the UK economy.  In the half-year to 30 June 2020 the Group reported a loss before tax of £602 million compared to a profit of £2,897 million in same period in 2019, representing a decrease of £3,499 million which was largely driven by a significantly increased impairment charge due to changes to the Group’s economic outlook as a result of the coronavirus pandemic.

 

Total income, net of insurance claims, fell by £1,236 million, or 14 per cent, to £7,895 million in the half-year to 30 June 2020 compared to £9,131 million in the first six months of 2019 reflecting an increase of £1,917 million in net interest income more than offset by a decrease of £3,153 million in other income, net of insurance claims.

 

Net interest income was £6,556 million, an increase of £1,917 million compared to £4,639 million in the half-year to 30 June 2019.  During the first half of the year there was a significant change in the amounts payable to unit holders in those Open-Ended Investment Companies (OEICs) included in the consolidated results of the Group from an expense of £1,321 million in the half-year to 30 June 2019 to a credit of £1,142 million in the half-year to 30 June 2020. This credit reflects significant falls in the value of the underlying investments; in the half-year to 30 June 2020 the FTSE All Share TR index fell by 17.5 per cent.  The losses on the investments held by the OEICs are recognised within other income and there is no impact on profit attributable to ordinary shareholders.

 

Excluding amounts relating to OEICs, net interest income was down £546 million, or 9 per cent, to £5,414 million compared to £5,960 million in the first six months of 2019. The net interest margin reduced as a result of the lower rate environment, actions taken to support customers, including free overdrafts, and a change in asset mix partly as a result of reduced levels of customer demand during the coronavirus pandemic.  Average interest-earning assets were broadly stable with growth due to government-backed lending to support corporate customers through the coronavirus crisis partly offset by lower balances in the closed mortgage book and in credit cards, as well as the impact of balance sheet optimisation within Commercial Banking in the second half of 2019.

 

Other income decreased by £18,185 million to £316 million in the half-year to 30 June 2020 largely due to a £17,000 million reduction in net trading income driven by significant falls in the value of policyholder investments within the Group’s insurance business in difficult market conditions; there was an equivalent reduction in insurance claims expense which in the six months to 30 June 2020 was a credit of £1,023 million. Of the remaining reduction, net fee and commission income was £171 million lower at £563 million in the half-year to 30 June 2020 compared to £734 million in the same period in 2019 due to reduced current account, card and other transaction based income streams, following the introduction of coronavirus-related lockdown restrictions and correspondingly lower levels of customer activity.  Fee income was also lower following the transfer of businesses to the Group’s wealth management joint venture during 2019.  Other operating income was £827 million lower at £720 million compared to £1,547 million in the half-year to 30 June 2019; this reflects a decrease of £738 million in income from the value of in-force insurance business and lower levels of operating lease rental income.

 

Total operating expenses decreased by £987 million to £4,668 million compared to £5,655 million in the first half of 2019; reflecting a decrease of £616 million in the charge in respect of regulatory provisions and a decrease of £371 million in other operating costs. The regulatory provisions charge was £177 million compared to £793 million in the half-year to 30 June 2019.  The charge in 2019 included £650 million relating to payment protection insurance (PPI); no further provision was made in the half-year to 30 June 2020. Good progress has been made with the review of PPI information requests received and the conversion rate remains low and consistent with the provision assumption of around 10 per cent, albeit operations have been impacted by the coronavirus pandemic in the second quarter. The unutilised provision at 30 June 2020 was £745 million.

 

Other operating costs were lower, despite continued investment in the Group’s digital proposition and bearing coronavirus-related costs, as a result of continued cost discipline, efficiencies gained through digitalisation and other process improvements, lower bonus accruals and a lower level of restructuring costs driven by the completion of MBNA integration

 

4


 

and lower severance costs relating to the Group’s strategic investment plans.  Other operating costs in the first half of 2019 also included a charge for the cost of exiting the Standard Life Aberdeen investment management agreement.

 

The Group’s impairment charge was £3,250 million higher at £3,829 million in the half-year to 30 June 2020 compared to £579 million in the same period last year, with the increase primarily driven by updates to the Group’s economic outlook following the coronavirus outbreak. Impairment provisions reflect the net impact of economic scenarios and Government support programmes with the increase on prior year of more than £3 billion building additional balance sheet resilience. Observed credit quality remains robust with arrears and defaults remaining low. The Group recognises that this is likely to be influenced by the temporary support provided, including payment holidays and furlough arrangements. The expected credit loss (ECL) allowance as at 30 June 2020 assumes additional losses will emerge as the support subsides. The Group’s ECL allowance held against customer lending totalled £5,986 million at 30 June 2020 compared to £3,259 million at 31 December 2019, representing a coverage ratio of 1.3 per cent.

 

The Group’s ECL allowance continues to reflect a probability weighted view of future economic scenarios including a 30 per cent weighting of base case, upside and downside and a 10 per cent weighting of severe downside, although all scenarios have deteriorated significantly since the year end. The base case upon which these scenarios are built assumes unemployment rate reaches 9.0 per cent in the fourth quarter of 2020 and more sustained reductions in asset prices. Given the weightings attached to scenarios, the ECL represents an uplift of £510 million from the base case ECL.

 

Judgement has been applied to the model-generated severe downside scenario to recognise the greater levels of uncertainty in the short-term economic outlook and therefore a greater severity of potential adverse shocks from the base case. In this scenario, this results in a peak unemployment rate of 12.5 per cent in the second quarter of 2021 and a GDP drop of 17.2 per cent in 2020. The impact of this adjustment has been estimated at portfolio level but outside the core IFRS 9 process and as such is reflected as a central overlay of £200 million, reflecting an estimated £2 billion higher ECL provision within the severe downside scenario.

 

Overall the Group’s loan portfolio continues to be well positioned, reflecting a prudent, through the cycle approach to credit risk and high levels of security. The Retail portfolio is heavily weighted to mortgage lending where improved loan to values provide security against potential risks. The prime consumer finance portfolio also benefits from high quality growth and the Group’s prudent risk appetite. The commercial portfolio reflects a diverse client base with limited exposure to the most vulnerable sectors affected by the coronavirus outbreak. Within Commercial, the Group’s management of concentration risk includes single name and country limits as well as controls over the overall exposure to certain higher risk and vulnerable sectors and asset classes.

 

There was a tax credit of £621 million in the half-year to 30 June 2020 compared to a charge of £672 million in the half-year to 30 June 2019 reflecting the loss before tax in 2020 and a credit of £354 million arising on remeasurement of the Group’s deferred tax balances following the UK Government’s decision to maintain the corporation tax rate at 19 per cent, which was substantively enacted on 17 March 2020.

 

Profit for the period, after tax, was £19 million compared to £2,225 million in the half-year to 30 June 2019.

 

Balance sheet and capital

 

Total assets were £39,101 million, or 5 per cent, higher at £872,994 million at 30 June 2020 compared to £833,893 million at 31 December 2019 as holdings of liquid assets increased. Cash and balances at central banks were £23,009 million higher at £78,139 million reflecting increased liquidity holdings. Financial assets at amortised cost increased by £8,007 million, or 2 per cent, to £518,314 million at 30 June 2020 compared to £510,307 million at 31 December 2019, mainly as a result of a £6,465 million increase in customer reverse repurchase agreement balances, as advantage was taken of attractive rates.  Other loans and advances to customers, net of impairment allowances, were broadly flat as increased corporate and SME lending, reflecting take-up of Government support schemes, was offset by reductions in the mortgage book along with reductions in credit card balances, where customer activity reduced during the first half of the year, and increased impairment allowances.  Derivative assets were £6,609 million higher at £32,978 million compared to £26,369 million at 31 December 2019, reflecting movements in both interest rates and exchange rates, particularly the US dollar and Euro, over the first half of 2020. These movements have been partly offset by a reduction in financial assets at

 

5


 

fair value through profit or loss which were £3,076 million, or 2 per cent, lower at £157,113 million at 30 June 2020 compared to £160,189 million at 31 December 2019 with decreases in policyholder investments within the insurance business reflecting market losses in the half-year.

 

Total liabilities were £38,045 million, or 5 per cent, higher at £824,132 million compared to £786,087 million at 31 December 2019. Deposits from banks were £5,945 million higher at £34,124 million as the Group drew down on available funding facilities, Customer deposits increased by £32,126 million, or 8 per cent, to £453,446 million compared to £421,320 million at 31 December 2019, as a result of growth in retail current accounts and commercial deposits.  Retail current account growth was significant, in part due to lower levels of customer spending as well as reliance on trusted brands; the growth in Commercial Banking reflects strong relationships and increased liquidity positions in uncertain market conditions. Derivative liabilities were £2,852 million higher at £28,631 million compared to £25,779 million at 31 December 2019, reflecting movements in interest rates and exchange rates over the half-year. Liabilities arising from insurance and investment contracts were £5,856 million, or 4 per cent, lower at £143,052 million compared to £148,908 million at 31 December 2019 reflecting the underlying decrease in the value of the related policyholder assets as a result of market performance in the first half of 2020.

 

Total equity increased by £1,056 million, or 2 per cent, from £47,806 million at 31 December 2019 to £48,862 million at 30 June 2020, mainly reflecting an increase in the net surplus relating to the Group’s post-retirement defined benefit schemes as credit spreads widened over the first six months of 2020 and positive movements on the Group’s cash flow hedging reserve.

 

The Group’s common equity tier 1 capital ratio was 14.6 per cent compared to 13.6 per cent at 31 December 2019. The total capital ratio increased to 22.3 per cent from 21.3 per cent at 31 December 2019 and the Group’s transitional minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL), which came into force on 1 January 2020, was 36.8 per cent at 30 June 2020 compared to 32.5 per cent at 31 December 2019.

 

Risk-weighted assets increased by £3.7 billion to £207.1 billion at 30 June 2020, compared to £203.4 billion at 31 December 2019, largely attributable to the impact of credit migrations and retail model calibrations (c.£3.9 billion); regulatory changes resulting from the full implementation of the new securitisation framework (£2.3 billion) partly offset by the impact of the revised SME supporting factor (£1.4 billion); foreign currency impacts and increases in counterparty credit risk and credit valuation adjustment risk (£1.6 billion); and other various movements (£1.7 billion). These increases have been partially offset by the reduction in underlying lending balances (excluding government backed lending schemes that attract limited to no risk-weighted assets) (c.£2 billion) and optimisation activity undertaken in Commercial Banking (c.£2.4 billion).

 

The Group’s UK leverage ratio increased to 5.4 per cent.

 

Dividend

 

On 31 March, the Group announced the cancellation of its final 2019 ordinary dividend. This decision was taken by the Board at the specific request of the regulator, the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA), and was in line with all other major UK listed banks. At that time, the Board also decided, again in line with all other major UK listed banks, that until the end of 2020 the Group will undertake no quarterly or interim dividend payments, accrual of dividends, or share buybacks on ordinary shares. This will help the Group to further serve the needs of businesses and households through the extraordinary challenges presented by the coronavirus crisis.

 

These are difficult decisions and while the Group recognises the disappointment and frustration this will cause shareholders, in particular those relying on dividends for income, this is a prudent and appropriate response to exceptional circumstances. The Board will decide on any dividend distributions or buybacks on ordinary shares in respect of 2020 at year end, in line with the approved dividend policy.

 

6


 

SEGMENTAL ANALYSIS OF PROFIT (LOSS) BEFORE TAX BY DIVISION (UNAUDITED)

 

Underlying basis

 

 

 

Half-year
to 30 June
2020

 

Half-year
to 30 June
2019

 

Half-year
to 31 Dec
2019

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail

 

212

 

2,177

 

2,036

 

Commercial Banking

 

(668

)

982

 

772

 

Insurance

 

379

 

659

 

407

 

Other

 

(204

)

376

 

122

 

Underlying profit (loss) before tax

 

(281

)

4,194

 

3,337

 

 

The Group Executive Committee (GEC), which is the chief operating decision maker for the Group, reviews the Group’s internal reporting based around these segments (which reflect the Group’s organisational and management structures) in order to assess the Group’s performance and allocate resources; this reporting is on an underlying profit before tax basis. The GEC believes that this basis better represents the performance of the Group. IFRS 8 Operating Segments requires that the Group present its segmental profit before tax on the basis reviewed by the chief operating decision maker that is most consistent with the measurement principles used in measuring the Group’s statutory profit before tax. Accordingly, the Group presents its segmental underlying basis profit before tax in note 2 on page 61 of its financial statements in compliance with IFRS 8 Operating Segments.

 

The aggregate total of the underlying basis segmental results constitutes a non-GAAP measure as defined in the United States Securities and Exchange Commission’s Regulation G. Management uses the aggregate underlying profit before tax, a non-GAAP measure, as a measure of performance and believes that it provides important information for investors because they are comparable representations of the Group’s performance. Profit before tax is the comparable GAAP measure to aggregate underlying profit before tax; the following table sets out the reconciliation of this non-GAAP measure to its comparable GAAP measure.

 

7


 

GROUP PROFIT RECONCILIATIONS

 

 

 

Half-year
to 30 June
2020

 

 

Half-year
to 30 June
2019

 

 

Half-year
to 31 Dec
2019

 

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying (loss) profit

 

(281

)

 

4,194

 

 

3,337

 

Restructuring

 

(133

)

 

(182

)

 

(289

)

Volatility and other items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Market volatility and asset sales

 

(43

)

 

(296

)

 

422

 

Amortisation of purchased intangibles

 

(34

)

 

(34

)

 

(34

)

Fair value unwind and other

 

(111

)

 

(135

)

 

(140

)

 

 

(188

)

 

(465

)

 

248

 

Payment protection insurance provision

 

—

 

 

(650

)

 

(1,800

)

(Loss) profit before tax — IFRS basis

 

(602

)

 

2,897

 

 

1,496

 

 

Restructuring costs of £133 million were down 27 per cent compared to the first half of 2019 mainly driven by the completion of MBNA integration and lower severance costs relating to the Group’s strategic investment plans. The latter was in part due to the deferral of redundancy programmes given the coronavirus pandemic.

 

Market volatility and asset sales of £43 million included £370 million of negative insurance volatility, largely driven by falling equity markets and widening corporate bond credit spreads, partly offset by positive banking volatility of £308 million, primarily reflecting exchange rate movements. The comparatives for the first half of 2019 include a one-off charge for exiting the Standard Life Aberdeen investment management agreement.

 

Amortisation of purchased intangibles was flat at £34 million. Fair value unwind and other items reduced to £111 million (half-year to 2019: £135 million) reflecting the run down of subordinated liabilities acquired during the HBOS acquisition.

 

No further provision has been taken for PPI in the first half of 2020. Good progress has been made with the review of PPI information requests received and the conversion rate remains low and consistent with the provision assumption of around 10 per cent, albeit operations have been impacted by the coronavirus pandemic in the second quarter. The unutilised provision at 30 June 2020 was £745 million.

 

8


 

DIVISIONAL RESULTS

RETAIL

 

Retail offers a broad range of financial service products to personal and business banking customers, including current accounts, savings, mortgages, credit cards, unsecured loans, motor finance and leasing solutions. Its aim is to be the best bank for customers in the UK, by building deep and enduring relationships that deliver value, and by providing customers with choice, flexibility and propositions increasingly personalised to their needs. Retail operates a multi-brand and multi-channel strategy. It continues to simplify its business enhancing customer journeys and helping to improve service levels and reduce conduct risks, whilst working within a prudent risk appetite.

 

COVID-19 response

 

·             Flexible and sensitive treatment of customers with over 1.1 million payment holidays granted across mortgages, credit cards, unsecured loans and motor finance, whilst removing fees for missed payments

 

·             Implementation of safeguarding measures across the UK’s largest branch network to protect customers and colleagues, with around 90 per cent of branches remaining open during lockdown and ATM availability exceeding 95 per cent

 

·             Over 440,000 calls from NHS workers and over 70s customers handled through dedicated telephone lines, and partnership with ‘We Are Digital’ to support vulnerable customers get online

 

·             Over 120 million proactive letters, emails and SMS messages sent to customers outlining available support with over 600,000 proactive outbound calls to vulnerable and elderly customers

 

·             £500 interest free overdraft buffer was automatically made available to over 9 million customers

 

·             Around 19,000 colleagues able to work from home with over 12,000 laptops distributed to colleagues. Over 1,000 colleagues redeployed to coronavirus related activities to support customer based demand

 

Progress against strategic priorities

 

Leading customer experience

 

·             UK’s largest digital bank with 17 million active digital customers, with daily logins now exceeding 11 million, up 12 per cent on prior year. Digital net promoter score of 69, an all-time high, with improvement of 8 per cent in year

 

·             Supporting first time buyers with over £30 billion of lending since 2017, ahead of target with £5 billion in first half of 2020

 

·             First bank to launch confirmation of payee for online banking, helping keep customers safe against Authorised Push Payment scam ahead of industry adoption deadline, with over 20 million name checks already carried out

 

Digitising the Group

 

·             Increased cheque scanning limit to £1,000, with over 80 per cent rise in number of cheques being deposited, and increased contactless card limit to £45, contributing to additional 29 million contactless transactions since 1 April

 

Maximising Group capabilities

 

·             Launched Scottish Widows branded equity release mortgage in collaboration with Insurance & Wealth, enabling customers to use equity in their home to help their family onto housing ladder and/or supplementing retirement income

 

Financial performance

 

·             Net interest income 7 per cent lower with the continued reduction of mortgage reversionary book, lower overdraft income including the impact of £500 interest free buffer to support customers, partly offset by lower funding costs

 

·             Other income reduced 9 per cent with lower payments revenues and continued impact of a lower Lex fleet size, whilst operating lease depreciation included a charge to reflect a reassessment of residual values

 

·             Operating costs were 2 per cent lower, with efficiency savings and lower investment spend, more than offsetting an increase in costs relating to response of the coronavirus pandemic. Remediation remained broadly flat

 

·             Impairment increased significantly to £2,095 million, primarily reflecting a material deterioration in the economic outlook

 

·             Customer lending broadly flat with expected reductions in the mortgage book and lower unsecured balances as customer activity reduced, partly offset by support for business banking customers with government schemes

 

9


 

·             Customer deposits increased by 8 per cent from growth in current accounts and relationship savings given lower spend activity and increased Bounce Back Loan driven deposits. Low margin tactical savings continued to decrease

 

·             Risk-weighted assets increased 1 per cent driven by impacts of risk profile changes partly offset by lower balances

 

Retail performance summary

 

 

 

Half-year

 

 

Half-year

 

 

 

 

Half-year

 

 

 

 

 

 

to 30 June

 

 

to 30 June

 

 

 

 

to 31 Dec

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019(1)

 

 

Change

 

2019(1)

 

 

Change

 

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

%

 

£m

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

4,233

 

 

4,561

 

 

(7

)

4,623

 

 

(8

)

Other income

 

919

 

 

1,009

 

 

(9

)

1,010

 

 

(9

)

Operating lease depreciation

 

(518

)

 

(461

)

 

(12

)

(485

)

 

(7

)

Net income

 

4,634

 

 

5,109

 

 

(9

)

5,148

 

 

(10

)

Operating costs

 

(2,277

)

 

(2,328

)

 

2

 

(2,440

)

 

7

 

Remediation

 

(50

)

 

(48

)

 

(4

)

(190

)

 

74

 

Total costs

 

(2,327

)

 

(2,376

)

 

2

 

(2,630

)

 

12

 

Trading surplus

 

2,307

 

 

2,733

 

 

(16

)

2,518

 

 

8

 

Impairment

 

(2,095

)

 

(556

)

 

 

 

(482

)

 

 

 

Underlying profit

 

212

 

 

2,177

 

 

(90

)

2,036

 

 

(90

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banking net interest margin

 

2.59

%

 

2.79

%

 

(20

)bp

2.76

%

 

(17

)bp

Average interest-earning banking assets

 

£

342.3

bn

£

340.1

bn

1

 

£

343.7

bn

—

 

Asset quality ratio

 

1.23

%

 

0.33

%

 

90

bp

0.28

%

 

95

bp

Return on risk-weighted assets

 

0.43

%

 

4.64

%

 

(421

)bp

4.14

%

 

(371

)bp

 

 

 

At 30 June

 

At 30 June

 

 

 

At 31 Dec

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

2019(1)

 

Change

 

2019(1)

 

 

 

 

 

£bn

 

£bn

 

%

 

£bn

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Open mortgage book

 

267.1

 

264.9

 

1

 

270.1

 

(1

)

Closed mortgage book

 

17.5

 

19.8

 

(12

)

18.5

 

(5

)

Credit cards

 

15.2

 

17.7

 

(14

)

17.7

 

(14

)

UK unsecured loans

 

8.2

 

8.2

 

—

 

8.4

 

(2

)

UK motor finance

 

15.3

 

15.5

 

(1

)

15.6

 

(2

)

Business Banking

 

7.0

 

2.1

 

 

 

2.0

 

 

 

Overdrafts

 

1.0

 

1.2

 

(17

)

1.3

 

(23

)

Other(2)

 

9.7

 

9.0

 

8

 

9.0

 

8

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

341.0

 

338.4

 

1

 

342.6

 

—

 

Operating lease assets

 

4.1

 

4.5

 

(9

)

4.3

 

(5

)

Total customer assets

 

345.1

 

342.9

 

1

 

346.9

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Accounts

 

87.5

 

76.0

 

15

 

76.9

 

14

 

Relationship savings(3)

 

172.0

 

162.2

 

6

 

163.0

 

6

 

Tactical savings

 

12.7

 

15.3

 

(17

)

13.3

 

(5

)

Customer deposits

 

272.2

 

253.5

 

7

 

253.2

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets

 

99.4

 

95.8

 

4

 

98.4

 

1

 

 


(1)         Restated to reflect migration of certain customer relationships from the SME business within Commercial Banking to Business Banking within Retail. Also restated to reflect the Group’s adoption of the Sterling Overnight Index Average (SONIA).

(2)         Includes Europe and run-off.

(3)         Includes Business Banking.

 

10


 

COMMERCIAL BANKING

 

Commercial Banking has a client-led, low risk, capital efficient strategy and is committed to supporting UK-based clients and international clients with a link to the UK. Through its segmented client coverage model, it provides clients with a range of products and services such as lending, transaction banking, working capital management, risk management and debt capital markets. Continued investment in capabilities and digital propositions enables the delivery of a leading customer experience, supported by increasingly productive relationship managers, with more time spent on value-adding activity.

 

COVID-19 response

 

·             Actively supported clients with over £9 billion of government backed lending, c.33,000 capital repayment holidays, c.20,000 fee-free overdrafts as part of the £2 billion COVID-19 fund to support clients with turnover of up to £100 million

 

·             Registered as a commercial paper dealer to provide clients with access to the Covid Corporate Financing Facility

 

·             Implemented an extensive Client Outreach Programme across SME & Mid Corporates in response to the COVID-19 crisis, reaching c.60,000 businesses impacted by the pandemic

 

·             SME mentoring service launched in partnership with Be The Business to support help clients recover from the pandemic

 

·             Increased deployment of robotics to automate the loan application process for Bounce Back Loans, allowing the majority of clients to receive funds within 24 hours

 

·             Upgraded the Business Banking Online Lending Tool to accommodate the Government’s COVID-19 lending schemes, enabling faster decision making and freeing up Relationship Manager time to help customers

 

·             Redeployed a significant number of colleagues across operational teams to manage client demand and strengthen critical processes during the pandemic

 

Progress against strategic priorities

 

Leading customer experience

 

·             Launched the Business Finance Assistant pilot, an accounting and business insight tool for SMEs, in collaboration with Fintech partner OneUp, helping clients to save time on financial administration and manage finances more effectively

 

·             Launched a new Green Buildings Tool to inform customers of measures to make their properties more energy efficient

 

Digitising the Group

 

·             Over £350 million of payments per month processed through the payables API, a 30-fold increase since the start of the year, allowing clients to send Faster Payments directly from their systems without human intervention

 

·             Increased the online cheque deposit limit from £1,000 to £2,000, a 40 per cent increase in cheques processed

 

Maximising Group capabilities

 

·             Exceeded the Group’s target to provide £6 billion of additional net lending to start-up, SME and Mid Market clients by year end 2020 and on track to meet the committed £18 billion gross new lending to UK businesses for 2020

 

·             Completed the Bank’s first UK Export Finance backed Export Development Guarantee transaction

 

Financial performance

 

·             Net interest income of £1,222 million was down 16 per cent on prior year, reflecting competitive asset markets, lower income on deposits following the bank base rate reduction and ongoing business optimisation

 

·             Other income decreased by 10 per cent to £658 million primarily driven by lower transaction banking income due to the coronavirus-related trading restrictions, with markets income resilient

 

·             Operating costs were 12 per cent lower reflecting continued investment in efficiency initiatives

 

·             Impairments increased significantly to £1,519 million, largely driven by the updated economic outlook, as well as a small number of single name charges

 

·             Customer lending increased by 1 per cent to £96 billion driven by the increased government backed lending in SME

 

·             Customer deposits grew by 7 per cent to £155 billion, significantly exceeding lending growth, as customers increased their liquidity positions in uncertain market conditions

 

11


 

·             Risk-weighted assets increased 1 per cent to £78 billion driven by the implementation of the new securitisation framework, credit migrations and exchange rates, offset by the revised SME supporting factor and on-going optimisation

 

Commercial Banking performance summary

 

 

 

Half-year

 

 

Half-year

 

 

 

 

Half-year

 

 

 

 

 

 

to 30 June

 

 

to 30 June

 

 

 

 

to 31 Dec

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019(1)

 

 

Change

 

2019(1)

 

 

Change

 

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

%

 

£m

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

1,222

 

 

1,449

 

 

(16

)

1,443

 

 

(15

)

Other income

 

658

 

 

731

 

 

(10

)

686

 

 

(4

)

Operating lease depreciation

 

(8

)

 

(12

)

 

33

 

(9

)

 

11

 

Net income

 

1,872

 

 

2,168

 

 

(14

)

2,120

 

 

(12

)

Operating costs

 

(906

)

 

(1,031

)

 

12

 

(1,042

)

 

13

 

Remediation

 

(115

)

 

(90

)

 

(28

)

(65

)

 

(77

)

Total costs

 

(1,021

)

 

(1,121

)

 

9

 

(1,107

)

 

8

 

Trading surplus

 

851

 

 

1,047

 

 

(19

)

1,013

 

 

16

 

Impairment

 

(1,519

)

 

(65

)

 

 

 

(241

)

 

 

 

Underlying (loss) / profit

 

(668

)

 

982

 

 

 

 

772

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banking net interest margin

 

2.92

%

3.24

%

(32

)bp

3.20

%

(28

)bp

Average interest-earning banking assets

 

£

90.0

bn

£

92.3

bn

(2

)

£

91.5

bn

(2

)

Asset quality ratio

 

3.12

%

0.13

%

299

bp

0.46

%

266

bp

Return on risk-weighted assets

 

(1.70

)%

2.33

%

(403

)bp

1.89

%

(359

)bp

 

 

 

At 30 June

 

At 30 June

 

 

 

At 31 Dec

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

2019(1)

 

Change

 

2019(1)

 

Change

 

 

 

£bn

 

£bn

 

%

 

£bn

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SME

 

31.4

 

30.2

 

4

 

30.1

 

4

 

Mid Corporates

 

4.6

 

5.5

 

(16

)

5.3

 

(13

)

Corporate and Institutional

 

55.0

 

59.8

 

(8

)

54.6

 

1

 

Other

 

5.0

 

4.3

 

16

 

5.2

 

(4

)

Loans and advances to customers

 

96.0

 

99.8

 

(4

)

95.2

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SME including Retail Business Banking

 

38.4

 

32.3

 

19

 

32.1

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer deposits

 

154.5

 

149.5

 

3

 

144.0

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current accounts including Retail Business Banking

 

44.2

 

34.0

 

30

 

34.9

 

27

 

Other deposits including Retail Business Banking

 

133.8

 

133.2

 

—

 

127.6

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets

 

78.4

 

83.0

 

(6

)

77.4

 

1

 

 


(1)         Restated to reflect migration of certain customer relationships from the SME business within Commercial Banking to Business Banking within Retail. Also restated to reflect the Group’s adoption of the Sterling Overnight Index Average (SONIA).

 

12


 

INSURANCE AND WEALTH

 

Insurance and Wealth offers insurance, investment and wealth management products and services. It supports over 10 million customers with assets under administration of £160 billion and annualised annuity payments in retirement of over £1 billion. The Group continues to invest significantly in the development of the business, with the aims of capturing the considerable opportunities in pensions and financial planning, offering customers a single home for their banking and insurance needs and driving growth across intermediary and relationship channels through a strong distribution model.

 

COVID-19 response

 

·             Offered payment holidays on insurance premiums and accelerated claims payments for life and critical illness policyholders to support customers in financial difficulty during the pandemic

 

·             Supported the NHS by providing free additional insurance cover to its workers and alleviating pressure on GPs by reducing requirements for medical evidence

 

·             Over 3,700 laptops distributed to colleagues to enable them to work from home and continue to serve customer needs

 

Progress against strategic initiatives

 

Leading customer experience

 

·             Further strengthened presence in the open market for individual annuities since launch in September 2019.

 

·             Launched a new responsible investment and stewardship framework to enhance sustainability practices

 

·             Scottish Widows won Best Retirement Provider and Best Financial Education Initiative Money Marketing Awards (July)

 

Digitising the Group

 

·             Single Customer View expanded to include stockbroking portfolios with over 6 million customers able to access their insurance and wealth products alongside their bank account (up from over 5 million at the end of 2019)

 

·             Enabled customers to notify us of their home insurance claims online - a significant development in the digital journey

 

Maximising Group capabilities

 

·             Completed the transfer of £77 billion of Insurance assets to Schroders

 

·             Transition of customers to the new Schroders Personal Wealth platform on track. Remain committed to become a top three financial planning business by the end of 2023

 

Financial performance

 

·             Life and pensions sales, excluding the non-recurring benefit from workplace auto-enrolment step-ups in 2019, increased by c.15 per cent. New business income, excluding this benefit of c. £120 million from the first half of 2019, was resilient

 

·             On a reported basis, life and pension sales and new business income both decreased year on year, by 8 and 28 per cent, respectively. Protection sales were adversely affected by branch traffic as a result of lockdown

 

·             General insurance combined operating ratio remains strong at 89 per cent despite absorbing additional claims caused by storms in early 2020. Total gross written premiums remain resilient despite the reduction in branch footfall

 

·             Life and pensions experience and other items decreased by £158 million, where prior year included the £136 million one-off benefit from the change in investment management provider and a c.£100 million gain from longevity assumption changes, whilst the impact of methodology changes in the current period included a c.£90 million benefit. No changes to demographic assumptions (including longevity and persistency) have been made in the first six months of the year

 

·             The reduction in Wealth income reflects the transfer of business to Schroders Personal Wealth in 2019 (c.£50 million, cost impact was c.£40 million). Stockbroking income more than doubled, with daily average trades increasing over twofold

 

Insurance capital

 

·             Estimated Solvency II ratio of 140 per cent, reflects the dividend paid in February, continued investment in new business, and the impact of lower interest rates. Credit asset portfolio is average ‘A’ rated, well diversified and non-cyclical, with less than 1 per cent sub investment grade or unrated; the Group continues to actively monitor and manage the portfolio in light of the potential impact of the COVID-19 pandemic

 

13


 

Insurance and Wealth performance summary

 

 

 

Half-year

 

 

Half-year

 

 

 

 

Half-year

 

 

 

 

 

 

to 30 June

 

 

to 30 June

 

 

 

 

to 31 Dec

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019(1)

 

 

Change

 

2019(1)

 

 

Change

 

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

%

 

£m

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

14

 

 

40

 

 

(65

)

37

 

 

(62

)

Other income

 

853

 

 

1,183

 

 

(28

)

838

 

 

2

 

Net income

 

867

 

 

1,223

 

 

(29

)

875

 

 

(1

)

Operating costs

 

(459

)

 

(539

)

 

15

 

(443

)

 

(4

)

Remediation

 

(19

)

 

(25

)

 

24

 

(25

)

 

24

 

Total costs

 

(478

)

 

(564

)

 

15

 

(468

)

 

(2

)

Trading surplus

 

389

 

 

659

 

 

(41

)

407

 

 

(4

)

Impairment

 

(10

)

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

Underlying profit

 

379

 

 

659

 

 

(42

)

407

 

 

(7

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life and pensions sales (PVNBP)(2)

 

7,880

 

 

8,568

 

 

(8

)

8,947

 

 

(12

)

General insurance underwritten new GWP(3)

 

56

 

 

64

 

 

(13

)

63

 

 

(11

)

General insurance underwritten total GWP(3)

 

327

 

 

335

 

 

(2

)

336

 

 

(3

)

General insurance combined ratio

 

89

%

 

80

%

 

9

pp

82

%

 

7

pp

 

 

 

At 30 June

 

 

At 30 June

 

 

 

 

At 31 Dec

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

Change

 

2019

 

 

Change

 

 

 

£bn

 

 

£bn

 

 

%

 

£bn

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance Solvency II ratio(4)

 

140

%

 

149

%

 

(9

)pp

170

%

 

(30

)pp

UK Wealth Loans and advances to customers

 

0.9

 

 

0.9

 

 

—

 

0.9

 

 

—

 

UK Wealth Customer deposits

 

13.5

 

 

13.8

 

 

(2

)

13.7

 

 

(1

)

UK Wealth Risk-weighted assets

 

1.3

 

 

1.3

 

 

—

 

1.3

 

 

—

 

Total customer assets under administration

 

159.6

 

 

155.0

 

 

3

 

170.0

 

 

(6

)

 

Income by product group

 

 

 

Half-year to 30 June 2020

 

Half-year to 30 June 2019

 

Half-year

 

 

 

New

 

Existing

 

 

 

New

 

Existing

 

 

 

to 31 Dec

 

 

 

business

 

business

 

Total

 

business

 

business

 

Total

 

2019(1)

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Workplace, planning and retirement

 

121

 

62

 

183

 

245

 

56

 

301

 

206

 

Individual and bulk annuities

 

108

 

41

 

149

 

78

 

34

 

112

 

165

 

Protection

 

11

 

10

 

21

 

11

 

12

 

23

 

22

 

Longstanding LP&I

 

4

 

175

 

179

 

6

 

191

 

197

 

198

 

 

 

244

 

288

 

532

 

340

 

293

 

633

 

591

 

Life and pensions experience and other items

 

 

 

 

 

72

 

 

 

 

 

230

 

(10

)

General insurance

 

 

 

 

 

155

 

 

 

 

 

179

 

147

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

759

 

 

 

 

 

1,042

 

728

 

Wealth

 

 

 

 

 

108

 

 

 

 

 

181

 

147

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

867

 

 

 

 

 

1,223

 

875

 

 


(1)   Restated to reflect the Group’s adoption of the Sterling Overnight Index Average (SONIA).

(2)   Present value of new business premiums.

(3)   Gross written premiums.

(4)   Equivalent regulatory view of ratio (including With Profits funds) was 135 per cent (30 June 2019: 141 per cent; 31 December 2019: 154 per cent).

 

14


 

CENTRAL ITEMS

 

 

 

Half-year  

 

 

Half-year  

 

 

 

 

Half-year  

 

 

 

 

 

 

to 30 June  

 

 

to 30 June  

 

 

 

 

to 31 Dec  

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020  

 

 

2019(1)

 

 

Change

 

2019(1)

 

 

Change

 

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

%

 

£m

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

40

 

 

322

 

 

(88

)

177

 

 

(77

)

Operating costs

 

(57

)

 

(8

)

 

 

 

(44

)

 

(30

)

Remediation

 

7

 

 

20

 

 

(65

)

(22

)

 

 

 

Total costs

 

(50

)

 

12

 

 

 

 

(66

)

 

24

 

Trading surplus

 

(10

)

 

334

 

 

 

 

111

 

 

 

 

Impairment

 

(194

)

 

42

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

Underlying (loss) / profit

 

(204

)

 

376

 

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

 

 


(1)   Restated to reflect the Group’s adoption of the Sterling Overnight Index Average (SONIA).

 

Central items includes income and expenditure not attributed to divisions, including the costs of certain central and head office functions, and the Group’s private equity business, Lloyds Development Capital (LDC).

 

Within net income, the Group’s private equity business, LDC, generating net positive other income, was adversely impacted by c.£110 million of negative market valuations in the period on investments impacted by the coronavirus pandemic. Net income also includes a gain of £135 million on the sale of gilts and other liquid assets, which is not expected to be repeated in the second half of the year, compared with a £181 million gain on sale of such assets in 2019. The net income comparative for the six months to 30 June 2019 included a gain of £50 million relating to the sale of the Group’s interest in Vocalink.

 

Remediation in the half-year to 30 June 2019 reflected the release of provisions relating to discontinued business.

 

The impairment charge incurred in the six months to 30 June 2020 included a £200 million central overlay applied in respect of updates to the Group’s severe scenario used to calculate expected credit loss provisions. In the first half of 2019 impairment included releases relating to the reassessment of credit risk associated with debt instruments held within the Group’s equity investment business.

 

15


 

RISK MANAGEMENT

PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

 

The significant risks faced by the Group are detailed below. There has been no change to the definition of these risks since disclosed in the Group’s 2019 Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

The external risks faced by the Group may also impact the success of delivering against the Group’s long-term strategic objectives. They include, but are not limited to the coronavirus pandemic, global macro-economic conditions, regulatory developments and the exit of the UK from the European Union.

 

Through the coronavirus pandemic, the Group has offered help and support to customers with a range of measures, for example with payment holidays and government lending schemes, and continues to actively monitor the outcomes to ensure fair customer treatment. The Group has been required to take a series of unprecedented actions to protect colleagues, and has been proactive in limiting the impact with a number of mitigating actions to support their safety and wellbeing. Transition planning, including continued engagement with colleagues, remains a key focus in ensuring that the Group continues to protect colleagues and services to customers as the situation continues to evolve, and that any lessons learned from the pandemic can be embedded into future working practices.

 

As at 24 July 2020, over 1.1 million retail payment holidays have been granted to help alleviate temporary financial pressure on customers during the crisis, of which around 750,000 are still in force. Payment holidays of up to three months have been granted across a range of retail products including mortgages, personal loans, credit cards and motor finance, with extensions available of up to three months should customers request them. Of the original payment holidays that have matured, 69 per cent have restarted payments.

 

Across all products, customers who have sought to extend their payment holiday are typically of a lower credit quality than those who have not had a payment holiday, and tend to have higher average balances and lower credit scores. Retail payment holiday credit risk is captured in the modelled expected credit loss allowance. As seen in the evolving payment holiday data in July, around 30 per cent of customers on payment holidays have not recommenced payment, and the current stage 2 uplift captures c.25 per cent of all payment holiday customers.

 

The Group’s key cyber controls have continued to operate effectively during the coronavirus pandemic. During this period, the Group has also enhanced monitoring of key suppliers to protect the services received by the Group and its ability to protect and maintain services to customers. The Group continues to work with the regulators constructively with regular engagement to ensure they are aware of the impacts on, and mitigating actions taken by the Group.

 

The Group’s principal risks and uncertainties are reviewed and reported regularly to the Board in alignment with the Group’s Enterprise Risk Management Framework and the specific challenges of COVID-19 and proposed responses have been actively discussed.

 

Climate risk is also being introduced as a new principal risk category, reflecting the focus in this key area, and work already undertaken by the Group.

 

Change / Execution — The risk that, in delivering the change agenda, the Group fails to ensure compliance with laws and regulation, maintain effective customer service and availability, and/or operate within the Group’s approved risk appetite.

 

Data — The risk that the Group fails to effectively govern, manage, and control data (including data processed by third party suppliers) leading to unethical decisions, poor customer outcomes, loss of value to the Group and mistrust.

 

Operational Resilience — The risk that the Group fails to design resilience into business operations, underlying infrastructure and controls (people, process, technology) so that it is able to withstand external or internal events which could impact the continuation of operations, and fails to respond in a way which meets customer and stakeholder expectations and needs when the continuity of operations is compromised.

 

Strategic — The risks which result from strategic plans which do not adequately reflect trends in external factors, ineffective business strategy execution, or failure to respond in a timely manner to external environments or changes in stakeholder behaviours and expectations.

 

Credit — The risk that parties with whom the Group has contracted, fail to meet their financial obligations (both on and off balance sheet). For example observed, anticipated or unexpected changes in the economic environment could impact profitability due to an increase in delinquency, defaults, write-downs and/or expected credit losses.

 

16


 

RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

Conduct — The risk of customer detriment across the customer lifecycle including: failures in product management, distribution and servicing activities; from other risks materialising, or other activities which could undermine the integrity of the market or distort competition, leading to unfair customer outcomes, regulatory censure, reputational damage or financial loss.

 

Operational — The risk of loss from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or from external events.

 

People — The risk that the Group fails to provide an appropriate colleague and customer-centric culture, supported by robust reward and wellbeing policies and processes; effective leadership to manage colleague resources; effective talent and succession management; and robust control to ensure all colleague-related requirements are met.

 

Insurance Underwriting — The risk of adverse developments in the timing, frequency and severity of claims for insured / underwritten events and in customer behaviour, leading to reductions in earnings and/or value.

 

Capital — The risk that the Group has a sub-optimal quantity or quality of capital or that capital is inefficiently deployed across Lloyds Banking Group.

 

Funding and Liquidity — Funding risk is the risk that the Group does not have sufficiently stable and diverse sources of funding or the funding structure is inefficient. Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group does not have sufficient financial resources to meet commitments when they fall due, or can only secure them at excessive cost.

 

Governance — The risk that the organisational infrastructure fails to provide robust oversight of decision making and the control mechanisms to ensure strategies and management instructions are implemented effectively.

 

Market — The risk that the Group’s capital or earnings profile is affected by adverse market rates, in particular interest rates and credit spreads in the banking business, equity, credit spreads and interest rates in the Insurance business, and credit spreads in the Group’s defined benefit pension schemes.

 

Model — The risk of financial loss, regulatory censure, reputational damage or customer detriment, as a result of deficiencies in the development, application and ongoing operation of models and rating systems.

 

17


 

CREDIT RISK PORTFOLIO

 

Overview

 

·             Economic conditions worsened in the first half of 2020 as a result of the coronavirus crisis

 

·             However, with c.85 per cent of the Group’s lending secured, with robust LTVs, and a prudent approach to credit risk appetite and risk management, the credit portfolios were well positioned ahead of the crisis

 

·             The Group is actively supporting its customers in these challenging times and continues to offer a range of flexible options and payment holidays across major products as well as lending through the various UK Government support schemes. There is however an expectation of increased arrears and defaults as these various arrangements designed to help alleviate short term financial pressures come to an end

 

·             Given the challenging external environment and expectations of further economic deterioration, the impairment charge has increased significantly during the first half of 2020 to £3,829 million (half-year to 30 June 2019: £579 million), predominantly driven by updates to the Group’s economic outlook as well as the impact on restructuring cases and single name charges in the Commercial Banking Business Support Unit (BSU). As a result, expected credit loss allowances on customer related balances increased to £6,487 million at 30 June 2020 (31 December 2019: £3,436 million)

 

·             Stage 2 loans and advances to customers as a percentage of total lending have increased by 5.8 percentage points to 11.5 per cent at 30 June 2020, reflecting the deterioration of the Group’s forward looking economic assumptions (31 December 2019: 5.7 per cent). Stage 2 coverage increased to 4.1 per cent (31 December 2019: 3.8 per cent)

 

·             Stage 3 loans and advances increased by £768 million to £6,783 million (31 December 2019: £6,015 million), although as a percentage of total lending remained broadly stable at 1.3 per cent (31 December 2019: 1.2 per cent). Stage 3 coverage increased by 8.4 percentage points to 33.4 per cent (31 December 2019: 25.0 per cent) largely driven by additional provisions predominantly raised against historical restructuring cases in Commercial Banking’s BSU and to a lesser extent in Retail, due to the change in the Group’s economic forecast of collateral values for Secured and Motor

 

·             There are a number of headwinds which have the potential to further impact the portfolios, including uncertainty around future UK and global economic conditions, the risk of a second wave of the virus and further, perhaps deeper, measures worsening the economy and the financial health of the Group’s customers. Outside of these, the possibility still remains of no-deal at the end of the transition period of the UK exit from the European Union

 

·             In the context of numerous uncertainties, the Group’s risk appetite and risk management approach continues to help ensure the Group takes timely and proactive actions

 

Low risk culture and prudent risk appetite

 

·             The Group continues to take a prudent approach to credit risk with robust credit quality and affordability controls and a prudent through the cycle credit risk appetite

 

·             Providing support under the UK Government schemes does however mean that in certain circumstances, for example lending under the Coronavurus Business Interruption Loan Scheme (CBILS) which is 80 per cent UK Government guaranteed, the Group has extended its lending risk appetite in line with the scheme guidelines

 

·             The Group’s effective risk management seeks to ensure early identification and management of customers and counterparties who may be showing signs of financial difficulty

 

·             The Group continues to work closely with its customers and clients to ensure they receive the appropriate level of support, including where payment holidays are maturing

 

·             Sector concentrations within the portfolios are closely monitored and controlled, with mitigating actions taken where appropriate. Sector and product controls help manage exposure to certain higher risks, vulnerable sectors and asset classes

 

18


 

CREDIT RISK PORTFOLIO (continued)

 

Impairment charge by division

 

 

 

Half-year

 

 

Half-year

 

 

 

 

Half-year

 

 

 

 

 

 

to 30 June

 

 

to 30 June

 

 

 

 

to 31 Dec

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

Change

 

2019

 

 

Change

 

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

%

 

£m

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

603

 

 

(38

)

 

 

 

(130

)

 

 

 

Credit Cards

 

656

 

 

267

 

 

146

 

236

 

 

178

 

UK Motor Finance

 

241

 

 

104

 

 

132

 

99

 

 

143

 

Other

 

595

 

 

223

 

 

167

 

277

 

 

115

 

 

 

2,095

 

 

556

 

 

277

 

482

 

 

335

 

Commercial Banking:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SME

 

257

 

 

(48

)

 

 

 

(17

)

 

 

 

Other

 

1,262

 

 

113

 

 

1,017

 

258

 

 

389

 

 

 

1,519

 

 

65

 

 

2,237

 

241

 

 

530

 

Insurance and Wealth

 

21

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

Central items

 

194

 

 

(42

)

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

 

Total impairment charge

 

3,829

 

 

579

 

 

561

 

712

 

 

438

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset quality ratio

 

1.73

%

 

0.26

%

 

147

bp

0.31

%

 

142

bp

Gross asset quality ratio

 

1.77

%

 

0.34

%

 

143

bp

0.40

%

 

137

bp

 

Credit risk basis of presentation

 

In the following tables, purchased or originated credit-impaired (POCI) assets include a fixed pool of mortgages that were purchased as part of the HBOS acquisition at a deep discount to face value reflecting credit losses incurred from the point of origination to the date of acquisition. The residual expected credit loss (ECL) allowance and resulting low coverage ratio on POCI assets reflects further deterioration in the creditworthiness from the date of acquisition. Over time, these POCI assets will run off as the loans redeem, pay down or losses will be crystallised.

 

19


 

CREDIT RISK PORTFOLIO (continued)

 

Group loans and advances to customers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stage 2

 

Stage 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

as % 

 

as % 

 

At 30 June 2020

 

Total 

 

 

Stage 1 

 

 

Stage 2 

 

 

Stage 3 

 

 

POCI 

 

 

Total 

 

Total 

 

 

 

£m

 

 

£m 

 

 

£m 

 

 

£m 

 

 

£m 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

285,727

 

 

236,577

 

 

34,307

 

 

1,800

 

 

13,043

 

 

12.0

 

0.6

 

Credit Cards

 

15,895

 

 

13,439

 

 

2,088

 

 

368

 

 

—

 

 

13.1

 

2.3

 

UK Motor Finance

 

15,830

 

 

12,674

 

 

2,920

 

 

236

 

 

—

 

 

18.4

 

1.5

 

Other(1)

 

26,780

 

 

24,239

 

 

2,061

 

 

480

 

 

—

 

 

7.7

 

1.8

 

 

 

344,232

 

 

286,929

 

 

41,376

 

 

2,884

 

 

13,043

 

 

12.0

 

0.8

 

Commercial Banking:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SME

 

31,769

 

 

25,742

 

 

5,181

 

 

846

 

 

—

 

 

16.3

 

2.7

 

Other

 

66,841

 

 

52,320

 

 

11,559

 

 

2,962

 

 

—

 

 

17.3

 

4.4

 

 

 

98,610

 

 

78,062

 

 

16,740

 

 

3,808

 

 

—

 

 

17.0

 

3.9

 

Insurance and Wealth

 

871

 

 

765

 

 

23

 

 

83

 

 

—

 

 

2.6

 

9.5

 

Central items

 

63,781

 

 

63,773

 

 

—

 

 

8

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

—

 

Total gross lending

 

507,494

 

 

429,529

 

 

58,139

 

 

6,783

 

 

13,043

 

 

11.5

 

1.3

 

ECL allowance on drawn balances

 

(5,986

)

 

(1,332

)

 

(2,168

)

 

(2,161

)

 

(325

)

 

 

 

 

 

Net balance sheet carrying value

 

501,508

 

 

428,197

 

 

55,971

 

 

4,622

 

 

12,718

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ECL allowance (drawn and undrawn) as a percentage of gross lending (%)(2)

 

1.3

 

 

0.4

 

 

4.1

 

 

33.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)   Retail Other includes Business Banking, Loans, Overdrafts, Europe and Retail run-off.

(2)   Stage 3 ECL allowances as a percentage of drawn balances are calculated excluding loans in recoveries in Credit Cards of £77 million and £129 million in Loans, Overdrafts and Business Banking within Retail other.

 

20


 

CREDIT RISK PORTFOLIO (continued)

 

Group loans and advances to customers (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stage 2

 

Stage 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

as %

 

as %

 

At 31 December 2019(1)

 

Total  

 

 

Stage 1  

 

 

Stage 2  

 

 

Stage 3  

 

 

POCI

 

 

Total

 

Total

 

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

289,198

 

 

257,043

 

 

16,935

 

 

1,506

 

 

13,714

 

 

5.9

 

0.5

 

Credit Cards

 

18,198

 

 

16,132

 

 

1,681

 

 

385

 

 

—

 

 

9.2

 

2.1

 

UK Motor Finance

 

15,976

 

 

13,884

 

 

1,942

 

 

150

 

 

—

 

 

12.2

 

0.9

 

Other(2)

 

21,111

 

 

18,692

 

 

1,976

 

 

443

 

 

—

 

 

9.4

 

2.1

 

 

 

344,483

 

 

305,751

 

 

22,534

 

 

2,484

 

 

13,714

 

 

6.5

 

0.7

 

Commercial Banking:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SME

 

30,433

 

 

27,206

 

 

2,507

 

 

720

 

 

—

 

 

8.2

 

2.4

 

Other

 

66,065

 

 

59,868

 

 

3,470

 

 

2,727

 

 

—

 

 

5.3

 

4.1

 

 

 

96,498

 

 

87,074

 

 

5,977

 

 

3,447

 

 

—

 

 

6.2

 

3.6

 

Insurance and Wealth

 

862

 

 

753

 

 

32

 

 

77

 

 

—

 

 

3.7

 

8.9

 

Central items

 

56,404

 

 

56,397

 

 

—

 

 

7

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

—

 

Total gross lending

 

498,247

 

 

449,975

 

 

28,543

 

 

6,015

 

 

13,714

 

 

5.7

 

1.2

 

ECL allowance on drawn balances

 

(3,259

)

 

(675

)

 

(995

)

 

(1,447

)

 

(142

)

 

 

 

 

 

Net balance sheet carrying value

 

494,988

 

 

449,300

 

 

27,548

 

 

4,568

 

 

13,572

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ECL allowance (drawn and undrawn) as a percentage of gross lending (%)(3)

 

0.7

 

 

0.2

 

 

3.8

 

 

25.0

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)   Restated to reflect migration of certain customer relationships from the SME business within Commercial Banking to Business Banking within Retail.

(2)   Retail Other includes Business Banking, Loans, Overdrafts, Europe and Retail run-off.

(3)   Stage 3 ECL allowances as a percentage of drawn balances are calculated excluding loans in recoveries in Credit Cards of £80 million and £125 million in Loans, Overdrafts and Business Banking within Retail other.

 

Group total expected credit loss allowance

 

 

 

At 30 June

 

 

At 31 Dec  

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer related balances

 

 

 

 

 

 

Drawn

 

5,986

 

 

3,259

 

Undrawn

 

501

 

 

177

 

 

 

6,487

 

 

3,436

 

Other assets

 

54

 

 

19

 

Total ECL allowance

 

6,541

 

 

3,455

 

 

21


 

CREDIT RISK PORTFOLIO (continued)

 

Group expected credit loss allowances (drawn and undrawn) as a percentage of loans and advances to customers

 

 

 

Total

 

Stage 1

 

Stage 2

 

Stage 3

 

POCI

 

 

 

£m

 

%(1),(2)

 

£m

 

%(1),(2)

 

£m

 

%(1),(2)

 

£m

 

%(1),(2),(3)

 

£m

 

%(1),(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 30 June 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

1,111

 

0.4

 

108

 

—

 

491

 

1.4

 

187

 

10.4

 

325

 

2.5

 

Credit Cards

 

944

 

6.0

 

403

 

3.0

 

420

 

20.1

 

121

 

41.6

 

—

 

—

 

UK Motor Finance(4)

 

563

 

3.6

 

194

 

1.5

 

217

 

7.4

 

152

 

64.4

 

—

 

—

 

Other(5)

 

897

 

3.4

 

341

 

1.4

 

383

 

18.6

 

173

 

49.3

 

—

 

—

 

 

 

3,515

 

1.0

 

1,046

 

0.4

 

1,511

 

3.7

 

633

 

23.6

 

325

 

2.5

 

Commercial Banking:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SME

 

502

 

1.6

 

115

 

0.4

 

269

 

5.2

 

118

 

13.9

 

—

 

—

 

Other

 

2,238

 

3.3

 

210

 

0.4

 

602

 

5.2

 

1,426

 

48.1

 

—

 

—

 

 

 

2,740

 

2.8

 

325

 

0.4

 

871

 

5.2

 

1,544

 

40.5

 

—

 

—

 

Insurance and Wealth

 

25

 

2.9

 

11

 

1.4

 

1

 

4.3

 

13

 

15.7

 

—

 

—

 

Central items

 

207

 

0.3

 

201

 

0.3

 

—

 

—

 

6

 

75.0

 

—

 

—

 

Total

 

6,487

 

1.3

 

1,583

 

0.4

 

2,383

 

4.1

 

2,196

 

33.4

 

325

 

2.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

569

 

0.2

 

24

 

—

 

281

 

1.7

 

122

 

8.1

 

142

 

1.0

 

Credit Cards

 

546

 

3.0

 

203

 

1.3

 

218

 

13.0

 

125

 

41.0

 

—

 

—

 

UK Motor Finance(4)

 

387

 

2.4

 

216

 

1.6

 

87

 

4.5

 

84

 

56.0

 

—

 

—

 

Other(5)

 

588

 

2.8

 

196

 

1.0

 

233

 

11.8

 

159

 

50.0

 

—

 

—

 

 

 

2,090

 

0.6

 

639

 

0.2

 

819

 

3.6

 

490

 

21.5

 

142

 

1.0

 

Commercial Banking:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SME

 

273

 

0.9

 

45

 

0.2

 

127

 

5.1

 

101

 

14.0

 

—

 

—

 

Other

 

1,040

 

1.6

 

70

 

0.1

 

125

 

3.6

 

845

 

31.0

 

—

 

—

 

 

 

1,313

 

1.4

 

115

 

0.1

 

252

 

4.2

 

946

 

27.4

 

—

 

—

 

Insurance and Wealth

 

17

 

2.0

 

6

 

0.8

 

1

 

3.1

 

10

 

13.0

 

—

 

—

 

Central items

 

16

 

—

 

10

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

6

 

85.7

 

—

 

—

 

Total

 

3,436

 

0.7

 

770

 

0.2

 

1,072

 

3.8

 

1,452

 

25.0

 

142

 

1.0

 

 


(1)   As a percentage of drawn balances.

(2)   ECL allowances as a percentage of drawn balances as at 31 December 2019 restated to reflect migration of certain customer relationships from the SME business within Commercial Banking to Business Banking within Retail.

(3)   Stage 3 ECL allowances as a percentage of drawn balances are calculated excluding loans in recoveries in Credit Cards of £77 million (31 December 2019: £80 million) and £129 million (31 December 2019: £125 million) in Loans, Overdrafts and Business Banking within Retail other.

(4)   UK motor finance for Stages 1 and 2 include £191 million (31 December 2019: £201 million) relating to provisions against residual values of vehicles subject to finance leasing agreements. These provisions are included within the calculation of coverage ratios.

(5)   Retail Other includes Business Banking, Loans, Overdrafts, Europe and Retail run-off.

 

22


 

CREDIT RISK PORTFOLIO (continued)

 

Group Stage 2 loans and advances to customers

 

 

 

Up to date

 

1-30 days past due

 

Over 30 days past due

 

 

 

PD movements

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

lending

 

ECL

 

 

 

lending

 

ECL

 

 

 

lending

 

ECL

 

 

 

lending

 

ECL

 

 

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

%(1)

 

£m

 

£m

 

%(1)

 

£m

 

£m

 

%(1)

 

£m

 

£m

 

%(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 30 June 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

21,032

 

191

 

0.9

 

9,602

 

139

 

1.4

 

1,488

 

41

 

2.8

 

2,185

 

120

 

5.5

 

Credit Cards

 

1,562

 

295

 

18.9

 

439

 

96

 

21.9

 

64

 

18

 

28.1

 

23

 

11

 

47.8

 

UK Motor Finance

 

784

 

57

 

7.3

 

1,871

 

67

 

3.6

 

142

 

40

 

28.2

 

123

 

53

 

43.1

 

Other(2)

 

947

 

192

 

20.3

 

793

 

104

 

13.1

 

183

 

55

 

30.1

 

138

 

32

 

23.2

 

 

 

24,325

 

735

 

3.0

 

12,705

 

406

 

3.2

 

1,877

 

154

 

8.2

 

2,469

 

216

 

8.7

 

Commercial Banking:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SME

 

4,702

 

234

 

5.0

 

245

 

11

 

4.5

 

139

 

17

 

12.2

 

95

 

7

 

7.4

 

Other

 

11,018

 

592

 

5.4

 

239

 

5

 

2.1

 

29

 

2

 

6.9

 

273

 

3

 

1.1

 

 

 

15,720

 

826

 

5.3

 

484

 

16

 

3.3

 

168

 

19

 

11.3

 

368

 

10

 

2.7

 

Insurance and Wealth

 

1

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

22

 

1

 

4.5

 

Central items

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

Total

 

40,046

 

1,561

 

3.9

 

13,189

 

422

 

3.2

 

2,045

 

173

 

8.5

 

2,859

 

227

 

7.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

10,846

 

83

 

0.8

 

2,593

 

107

 

4.1

 

1,876

 

33

 

1.8

 

1,620

 

58

 

3.6

 

Credit Cards

 

1,093

 

129

 

11.8

 

423

 

47

 

11.1

 

124

 

26

 

21.0

 

41

 

16

 

39.0

 

UK Motor Finance

 

543

 

27

 

5.0

 

1,232

 

30

 

2.4

 

135

 

21

 

15.6

 

32

 

9

 

28.1

 

Other(2)

 

893

 

102

 

11.4

 

711

 

54

 

7.6

 

238

 

50

 

21.0

 

134

 

27

 

20.1

 

 

 

13,375

 

341

 

2.5

 

4,959

 

238

 

4.8

 

2,373

 

130

 

5.5

 

1,827

 

110

 

6.0

 

Commercial Banking:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SME

 

2,014

 

104

 

5.2

 

410

 

17

 

4.1

 

56

 

6

 

10.7

 

27

 

—

 

—

 

Other

 

1,881

 

75

 

4.0

 

1,290

 

47

 

3.6

 

61

 

2

 

3.3

 

238

 

1

 

0.4

 

 

 

3,895

 

179

 

4.6

 

1,700

 

64

 

3.8

 

117

 

8

 

6.8

 

265

 

1

 

0.4

 

Insurance and Wealth

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

28

 

1

 

3.6

 

1

 

—

 

—

 

3

 

—

 

—

 

Central items

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

Total

 

17,270

 

520

 

3.0

 

6,687

 

303

 

4.5

 

2,491

 

138

 

5.5

 

2,095

 

111

 

5.3

 

 


(1)   ECL allowances as a percentage of drawn balances as at 31 December 2019 restated to reflect migration of certain customer relationships from the SME business within Commercial Banking to Business Banking within Retail. Stage 2 up to date loans are assigned to PD movement if they also meet other triggers. This represents a change in presentation for Commercial Banking where these loans were reported in Other at 31 December 2019.

(2)   Retail Other includes Business Banking, Loans, Overdrafts, Europe and Retail run-off.

 

23


 

CREDIT RISK PORTFOLIO (continued)

 

Retail

 

·             On entering the COVID-19 pandemic, the credit quality of the Retail portfolio was robust and well positioned. Risk management has strengthened since the financial crisis of 2008 to 2009, with strong affordability and indebtedness controls for both existing and new lending and a prudent approach to risk appetite. This is evident in the significant improvement in credit quality and low arrears rates. However, customers have been significantly impacted by the pandemic and credit performance is expected to be impacted

 

·             Throughout the current period of uncertainty, the Group has continued to support Retail customers. Since March 2020, the Group has approved over 1.1 million payment holidays. All personal current accounts customers have been offered up to £500 interest free for arranged overdrafts

 

·             The first payment holidays have started to end with the majority of customers resuming payment. Performance so far shows a small portion of customers are requesting a further payment holiday extension, granted in line with the government guidelines

 

·             There are a number of headwinds which have the potential to further impact the portfolios. The Group has taken targeted steps to implement tighter credit quality controls across the Retail product offering, for example, to indebtedness and credit scores, to ensure customers and the bank are protected

 

·             Retail has also participated in the Bounce Back Loans Scheme for Retail Business Banking customers. £5.8 billion of lending through the Bounce Back Loans Scheme has been lent in line with the British Business Bank and UK Government scheme guidelines, which has a full government backed guarantee

 

·             The impairment charge increased to £2,095 million for the first half of 2020 compared to £556 million for the same period in 2019, largely driven by updates to the Group’s economic forecast following the coronavirus outbreak

 

·             In the absence of other credit risk indicators, the granting of coronavirus-related concessions does not necessarily result in an automatic transfer between stages for the purposes of IFRS 9. Existing staging rules and triggers have been maintained, with transfers between stages being primarily driven by credit risk rating movements and the estimated impact of the economic factors on a customer’s forward looking default risk

 

·             Total Retail expected credit loss (ECL) allowance as a percentage of drawn loans and advances (coverage) increased to 1.0 per cent (31 December 2019: 0.6 per cent) due to the updates in the Group’s economic forecast. There has been a notable increase in cases classified as ‘Stage 2’ under IFRS 9 which reflect cases which have observed a ‘Significant Increase in Credit Risk since origination’ (SICR). The proportion of Stage 2 loans and advances comprised a total 12.0 per cent of the Retail portfolio (31 December 2019: 6.5 per cent), of which 89.5 per cent is up to date

 

·             Coverage for Stage 2 loans and advances increased to 3.7 per cent (31 December 2019: 3.6 per cent), following updates to the Group’s economic forecast. This was offset by a slight reduction in Secured coverage where a greater proportion of Stage 2 was from lower risk up to date accounts, transferred into Stage 2 based on the forward looking view on their credit performance

 

·             Stage 3 loans and advances increased slightly to 0.8 per cent of total loans and advances (31 December 2019: 0.7 per cent), noting that the impact on flows into this category was mitigated by the take up of payment holidays. Coverage for Stage 3 loans and advances increased to 23.6 per cent (31 December 2019: 21.5 per cent) due to the Secured and Motor Finance portfolios where the impact of the coronavirus outbreak on collateral values is expected to result in increased loss given default

 

Portfolios

Secured

 

·             The Secured portfolio is well positioned with low arrears and a strong LTV profile. Over a number of years the portfolio has improved with robust affordability and credit controls, whilst the balances of higher risk portfolios originated prior to 2008 have continued to reduce

 

·             In recent months, the significant uptake of payment holidays by customers  has lowered the new arrears rate below usual levels

 

·             In line with regulatory guidance, the Group has suspended all repossession activity on mortgage accounts until 31 October 2020. As a consequence of this, the volume of cases in late stage arrears has increased

 

24


 

CREDIT RISK PORTFOLIO (continued)

 

·             Total Secured loans and advances were £285.7 billion (31 December 2019: £289.2 billion), with an average indexed loan to value (LTV) of 44.0 per cent (31 December 2019: 44.9 per cent). The proportion of balances with an LTV of greater than 90 per cent decreased to 1.6 per cent (31 December 2019: 2.5 per cent). The average LTV of new business decreased to 63.0 per cent (31 December 2019: 64.3 per cent)

 

·             The impairment charge was £603 million for the first half of 2020 compared to a release of £38 million for the same period in 2019. This reflects provision charges due to updates to the Group’s economic outlook. Total ECL allowance as a percentage of loans and advances (coverage) increased to 0.6 per cent (31 December 2019: 0.4 per cent)

 

·             Stage 2 loans and advances increased to 12.0 per cent of the portfolio (31 December 2019: 5.9 per cent) which has contributed to a reduction in coverage for Stage 2 loans and advances to 1.4 per cent (31 December 2019: 1.7 per cent). This dynamic is observed due to a greater proportion of Stage 2 balances coming from lower risk up to date accounts, transferred into Stage 2 based on the forward looking view on their credit performance. This results in a reduction in overall Stage 2 coverage as the coverage on these accounts is generally lower than the rest of Stage 2

 

·             Coverage for Stage 3 loans and advances increased to 10.4 per cent (31 December 2019: 8.1 per cent) largely due to the revised outlook in house prices across the multiple economic scenarios utilised for IFRS 9 provisioning

 

Cards

 

·             Loans and advances on the cards portfolio decreased to £15.9 billion (31 December 2019: £18.2 billion) due to reduced customer spend. Lower balances have resulted in reduced customer utilisation, including a reduction in the volume of customers with highly utilised cards

 

·             The impairment charge increased to £656 million for the first half of 2020 compared to £267 million for the same period in 2019, as a result of updates to the Group’s economic forecast. Coverage increased to 6.0 per cent (31 December 2019: 3.0 per cent). Coverage of Stage 2 loans and advances has increased to 20.1 per cent (31 December: 13.0 per cent) following updates to the Group’s economic outlook. Stage 3 coverage remains broadly stable as a result of the Group’s policy to charge off customers that enter recoveries. This contributes to lower provisions held on the balance sheet as well as more stable coverage

 

Motor

 

·             The Motor Finance portfolio decreased slightly from £16.0 billion to £15.8 billion which constitutes a change from the growth seen over recent years, and reflects the reduced market activity due to the pandemic

 

·             The impairment charge increased to £241 million for the first half of 2020 compared to £104 million for the same period in 2019, following the updates to the Group’s economic forecast. Coverage increased to 3.6 per cent (31 December 2019: 2.4 per cent), equivalent to £563 milliion (31 December 2019: £387 million)

 

·             Updates to Residual Value (RV) risk of Personal Contract Purchase (PCP) products are included within the impairment charge, however because the Group has adopted a prudent approach to modelling this risk in recent years, the updates to the Group’s economic outlook have not resulted in a material change to provisions, which remained relatively unchanged at £191 million as at 30 June 2020 (31 December: £201 million)

 

·             Coverage of Stage 2 loans and advances increased to 7.4 per cent (31 December 2019: 4.5 per cent) and coverage of Stage 3 loans and advances increased to 64.4 per cent (31 Dec 2019: 56.0 per cent) both of which were due principally to the updates to the Group’s outlook on used car prices. Credit and RV provisioning are aligned in the assumption of an anticipated near-term reduction in car prices, expected to largely reverse by the end of 2021

 

25


 

CREDIT RISK PORTFOLIO (continued)

 

Other

 

·             Other loans and advances increased by £6 billion to £27 billion. The increase was largely driven by the Retail Business Banking portfolio as a result of lending through the Bounce Back Loan Scheme (BBLS), which is fully guaranteed by the UK Government

 

·             The impairment charge was £595 million for the first half of 2020 compared to £223 million for the same period in 2019. This increase is primarily due to updates to the Group’s economic forecast increasing both coverage of Stage 2 loans and advances to 18.6 per cent (31 December 2019: 11.8 per cent) and overall coverage to 3.4 per cent (31 December 2019: 2.8 per cent)

 

Retail UK secured loans and advances to customers

 

 

 

At 30 June

 

At 31 Dec

 

 

 

2020(1)

 

2019(1)

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mainstream

 

226,090

 

227,975

 

Buy-to-let

 

48,094

 

49,086

 

Specialist

 

11,543

 

12,137

 

Total

 

285,727

 

289,198

 

 

Retail mortgages greater than three months in arrears (excluding repossessions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Number of cases

 

mortgage accounts

 

Value of loans(1)

 

mortgage balances

 

 

 

30 June

 

31 Dec

 

30 June

 

31 Dec

 

30 June

 

31 Dec

 

30 June

 

31 Dec

 

 

 

2020

 

2019

 

2020

 

2019

 

2020

 

2019

 

2020

 

2019

 

 

 

Cases

 

Cases

 

%

 

%

 

£m

 

£m

 

%

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mainstream

 

26,074

 

24,393

 

1.4

 

1.3

 

2,874

 

2,619

 

1.3

 

1.1

 

Buy-to-let

 

4,699

 

3,863

 

1.1

 

0.9

 

597

 

502

 

1.2

 

1.0

 

Specialist

 

6,560

 

6,059

 

7.5

 

6.6

 

1,092

 

998

 

9.4

 

8.2

 

Total

 

37,333

 

34,315

 

1.6

 

1.4

 

4,563

 

4,119

 

1.6

 

1.4

 

 


(1)   Value of loans represents total gross book value of mortgages more than three months in arrears; the balances exclude the impact of HBOS related acquisition adjustments.

 

The stock of repossessions decreased to 727 cases at 30 June 2020 compared to 1,171 cases at 31 December 2019.

 

26


 

CREDIT RISK PORTFOLIO (continued)

 

Period end and average LTVs across the Retail mortgage portfolios

 

 

 

Mainstream

 

Buy-to-let

 

Specialist

 

Total

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 30 June 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 60%

 

53.1

 

58.4

 

65.6

 

54.5

 

60% to 70%

 

17.1

 

24.6

 

17.3

 

18.4

 

70% to 80%

 

17.2

 

14.7

 

9.9

 

16.4

 

80% to 90%

 

11.0

 

1.7

 

3.3

 

9.1

 

90% to 100%

 

1.4

 

0.2

 

1.1

 

1.2

 

Greater than 100%

 

0.2

 

0.4

 

2.8

 

0.4

 

Total

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

Average loan to value(1):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock of residential mortgages

 

42.8

 

50.8

 

42.5

 

44.0

 

New residential lending

 

64.3

 

56.8

 

n/a

 

63.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 60%

 

51.8

 

54.1

 

62.7

 

52.7

 

60% to 70%

 

16.4

 

25.1

 

17.5

 

18.0

 

70% to 80%

 

16.9

 

18.0

 

11.7

 

16.8

 

80% to 90%

 

12.0

 

2.0

 

4.1

 

10.0

 

90% to 100%

 

2.6

 

0.4

 

1.2

 

2.1

 

Greater than 100%

 

0.3

 

0.4

 

2.8

 

0.4

 

Total

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

Average loan to value(1):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock of residential mortgages

 

43.6

 

52.3

 

44.0

 

44.9

 

New residential lending

 

65.2

 

58.2

 

n/a

 

64.3

 

 


(1)   Average loan to value is calculated as total gross loans and advances as a percentage of the indexed total collateral of these loans and advances; the balances exclude the impact of HBOS related acquisition adjustments.

 

27


 

CREDIT RISK PORTFOLIO (continued)

 

Commercial Banking

 

·             Commercial Banking has actively supported its customers during this difficult time, through a range of propositions, including capital repayment holidays, working capital line increases and financial covenant waivers, as well as supporting small businesses and corporates through full use of UK Government schemes

 

·             Where new facilities and concessions relating to existing facilities have been granted, the Group’s credit risk appetite has remained robust with credit analysis undertaken to ensure continued financial viability, notwithstanding any short-term coronavirus related pressure. With the exception of certain risk appetite extensions made to accommodate UK Government scheme guidelines, particularly Bounce Back Loans and to a lesser extent, Coronavirus Business Interruption Loans, lending continues to be in line with the usual approach to credit risk, with robust credit quality and affordability assessments undertaken. For these schemes, UK Government guarantees are in place at 100 percent  and 80 per cent respectively

 

·             The spread of coronavirus has resulted in widespread industry disruption, with some sectors such as Travel, Transportation, Retail and Hospitality particularly impacted. As a proportion of the Group’s overall lending, these sectors remain relatively modest. The Group expects recovery to be slow in a number of vulnerable sectors and anticipates longer term structural changes. As a result, sector and credit risk appetite continues to be proactively managed to ensure the Group is protected and clients are supported in the right way

 

·             Although the portfolios were well positioned pre crisis, deterioration has been seen with downgrades in credit risk ratings observed in both value and volume, although more so in the larger corporates segment of Commercial, than in the SME book. Risk rating downgrades to sub investment grade or equivalent have, however, been more modest

 

·             The SME portfolio remains well secured and credit impacts have been relatively muted to date, although the Group expects arrears and defaults to increase in the second half of 2020 and into 2021 as payment holidays and various government support schemes come to an end

 

·             Credit sanctioning activities were rapidly aligned to the increase in volumes on a risk based approach and more vulnerable clients supported early through focused risk management via the Group’s Watchlist, Local Support or Business Support procedures

 

·             In addition, thorough credit processes and plans have been developed in anticipation of maturing payment holidays over the coming months. Activities also include monitoring client liquidity lines for risk of over-trading and working capital shortfalls as the lockdown eases, and consideration of longer term funding options once debt capacity is reached for otherwise viable businesses. In all cases, the Group’s plans carefully balance usual prudent risk management with ensuring support for financially viable clients on their road to recovery

 

·             The Commercial Banking impairment charge in the first six months increased significantly to £1,519 million compared with £65 million in the first half of 2019. The increase largely reflects an IFRS 9 related charge of £881 million following updates to the economic outlook, together with £432 million for a small number of existing Stage 3 large corporate restructuring cases in the BSU, where coronavirus has directly hampered the client’s existing recovery strategy. The remaining charge of £206 million is a result of impairments crystallising on a small number of new cases in the second quarter following an increase in flows into the BSU. The expected credit loss provision stock increasing by £1,427 million to £2,740 million at 30 June 2020

 

·             Stage 3 loans and advances have increased to £3,808 million from £3,447 million at 31 December 2019. As a proportion of total loans and advances to customers, these increased to 3.9 per cent (31 December 2019: 3.6 per cent). Stage 3 ECL allowance as a percentage of Stage 3 drawn balances has increased to 40.5 per cent (31 December 2019: 27.4 per cent) predominantly driven by the additional provisions raised against the existing restructuring cases in the BSU

 

·             It is noted that significant volumes of payment holidays granted in SME and, to a lesser extent in the Corporate and Institutional and Mid Corporates portfolios, could potentially be distorting the underlying credit profile, although such concessions are only granted to customers considered financially viable. The Group recognises that credit quality is likely to be influenced by the temporary measures provided by the UK Government schemes and the existing expected credit loss provision balance as at 30 June 2020 assumes additional losses will emerge as the support subsides

 

28


 

CREDIT RISK PORTFOLIO (continued)

 

·             Stage 2 loans and advances have increased by £10,763 million since 31 December 2019, to £16,740 million, largely driven by IFRS 9 forward look PD staging trigger, rather than actual PD deterioration, with 97 per cent of Stage 2 balances being up to date. As a result, Stage 2 loans as a proportion of total loans and advances to customers increased to 17.0 per cent (31 December 2019: 6.2 per cent). Stage 2 ECL allowances as a percentage of Stage 2 drawn balances were higher at 5.2 per cent (31 December 2019: 4.2 per cent) with the increase in coverage a direct result of the forward look multiple economic scenarios

 

Commercial Banking UK Direct Real Estate

 

·             Total UK Direct Real Estate gross lending across Commercial Banking stood at £13.8 billion at 30 June 2020 (excluding exposures subject to protection through Significant Risk Transfer securitisations). The Group has a further £0.9 billion of UK Direct Real Estate exposure in Business Banking within the Retail Division

 

·             The Group classifies Direct Real Estate as exposure which is directly supported by cash flows from property activities (as opposed to trading activities, such as hotels, care homes and house builders). Exposures to social housing providers are also excluded

 

·             Recognising this is a cyclical sector, appropriate caps are in place to control exposure. Focus remains on the UK market and business propositions have been written in line with a prudent, through the cycle risk appetite with conservative LTVs, strong quality of income and proven management teams

 

·             Overall performance has remained good, although an increase in cases moving to Watchlist and the BSU has been seen, especially in the retail/shopping centres sub sector. Overall rent collection for the second quarter of the year is expected to be more challenged than in the first quarter, particularly in the retail space given the number of closed stores, though the office sub sector is expected to be reasonably robust. Despite these challenges the portfolio is relatively well positioned and proactively managed with appropriate risk mitigants in place:

 

·                  Over 70 per cent of investment exposures greater than £1 million have an LTV of less than 60 per cent, with an average LTV of 49 per cent for the real estate portfolio

 

·                  c.75 per cent of exposures greater than £5 million have an interest cover ratio of greater than 2.5 times and in SME LTV at origination has been typically limited to c.55 per cent given prudent repayment cover criteria (including a notional base rate stress)

 

·                  Approximately 70 per cent of the portfolio relates to commercial real estate (with no speculative development lending) with the remainder related to residential real estate

 

·                  The underlying sub-sector split is diversified with 15 percent of the portfolio secured by Retail assets, with appetite tightened since 2018

 

·                  The Office portfolio is focused on prime locations with strong sponsors and low LTVs and no speculative commercial development

 

·                  Use of Significant Risk Transfer (SRT) securitisations also acts as a risk mitigant, with run off of these carefully managed and tracked

 

29


 

CREDIT RISK PORTFOLIO (continued)

 

Lending in key coronavirus-impacted sectors(1)

 

 

 

Drawn

 

Undrawn

 

Drawn as a
% of Group
Loans and
Advances

 

 

 

£bn

 

£bn

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 30 June 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail non-food

 

2.4

 

1.8

 

0.5

 

Automotive dealerships(2)

 

2.4

 

1.5

 

0.5

 

Oil and gas

 

1.4

 

2.7

 

0.3

 

Construction

 

1.3

 

1.7

 

0.3

 

Hotels

 

1.9

 

0.3

 

0.4

 

Passenger transport

 

1.3

 

0.6

 

0.3

 

Leisure

 

0.8

 

0.5

 

0.2

 

Restaurants and bars

 

0.8

 

0.5

 

0.2

 

 


(1)   Lending classified using ONS SIC codes at legal entity level.

(2)   Automotive dealerships includes Black Horse Motor Wholesale lending (within Retail Division).

 

Additional information

 

The table on page 58 shows the extent to which a higher ECL allowance has been recognised to take account of forward looking information from multiple economic scenarios. The Group’s probability-weighted ECL allowance reflects a 30 per cent weighting of base case, upside and downside and a 10 per cent weighting of adjusted severe downside. The majority of post model adjustments, and all individually assessed provisions although assessed on range of multiple case specific outcomes, are reported flat against each economic scenario

 

30


 

FUNDING AND LIQUIDITY MANAGEMENT

 

The Group has maintained its strong funding and liquidity position with a loan to deposit ratio of 100 per cent as at 30 June 2020 (107 per cent as at 31 December 2019).

 

The Group’s liquid assets continue to exceed the regulatory minimum and internal risk appetite, with a liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) of 140 per cent (based on a 12 month rolling average) as at 30 June 2020 calculated on a Group consolidated basis. Liquidity is managed at a legal entity level with the Group consolidated LCR representing the composite of the ring-fenced bank and non ring-fenced bank entities.

 

In addition to its sizable liquid asset buffer the Group has a significant amount of pre-positioned collateral eligible for use in a range of central bank facilities, including the Bank of England’s Term Funding Scheme with additional incentives for SMEs (TFSME).

 

During the first half of 2020, the Group early repaid the remaining £1 billion outstanding of its Funding for Lending Scheme (FLS) drawings and £5 billion of Term Funding Scheme (TFS) drawings in advance of contractual maturity. This has reduced the balance of TFS to £10.4 billion as at 30 June 2020. Additionally £1 billion of Term Funding Scheme with additional incentives for SMEs (TFSME) funds have been drawn as at 30 June 2020.

 

The Group saw a significant increase in deposits in the first half given reduced customer spending and customers depositing government lending scheme balances. This increased the Group’s cash reserves balance held at the Bank of England and alongside available TFSME capacity reduces the need for additional wholesale funding in 2020.

 

The Group continues to access wholesale funding markets across a variety of currencies and markets to maintain a stable and diverse source of funds. Despite the more challenging funding conditions around the end of the first quarter, the Group has seen strong demand in a number of public issuances, and completed £8.5 billion of long term funding in the first half of 2020 across the Group’s main issuing entities. In addition, the Group has been active in offering liquidity to investors through buyback activity, whilst maintaining a prudent approach to managing funding and liquidity with term funding buyback volumes of £5.6 billion in the first half of 2020. Overall, total wholesale funding increased to £125.1 billion as at 30 June 2020 (31 December 2019: £124.2 billion).

 

The Group’s credit ratings continue to reflect the resilience of the Group’s business model and the strength of the balance sheet. In March, Fitch revised the outlooks on all the Group’s rated entities, alongside the majority of other UK banks, to Negative, citing concerns around the coronavirus pandemic. In addition, Fitch upgraded the Senior Unsecured rating of Lloyds Bank Corporate Markets to A+. In April, S&P revised the outlook on the Group’s banking entities, alongside the majority of other large UK banks, to Negative, citing the potential earnings pressures arising from the economic and market impact of the coronavirus pandemic. The Negative outlooks that Moody’s assigned on Lloyds Banking Group plc and Lloyds Bank plc to reflect the weakening of the country’s finances and the potential impact on asset quality and profitability remain in place.

 

31


 

FUNDING AND LIQUIDITY MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

 

 

At 30 June

 

 

At 31 Dec

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Change

 

 

 

£bn

 

 

£bn

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funding requirement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers(1)

 

440.4

 

 

440.4

 

—

 

Loans and advances to banks(2)

 

8.5

 

 

8.1

 

5

 

Debt securities at amortised cost

 

2.8

 

 

3.9

 

(28

)

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income - non-LCR eligible(3)

 

0.7

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

Cash and balances at central bank — non-LCR eligible(4)

 

5.7

 

 

5.7

 

—

 

Funded assets

 

458.1

 

 

458.2

 

—

 

Other assets(5)

 

261.2

 

 

251.7

 

4

 

 

 

719.3

 

 

709.9

 

1

 

On balance sheet LCR eligible liquid assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reverse repurchase agreements

 

63.7

 

 

56.2

 

13

 

Cash and balances at central banks(4)

 

72.4

 

 

49.4

 

47

 

Debt securities at amortised cost

 

2.8

 

 

1.6

 

75

 

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

26.5

 

 

25.0

 

6

 

Trading and fair value through profit and loss

 

5.2

 

 

4.0

 

30

 

Repurchase agreements

 

(16.9

)

 

(12.2

)

39

 

 

 

153.7

 

 

124.0

 

24

 

Total Group assets

 

873.0

 

 

833.9

 

5

 

Less: other liabilities(5)

 

(246.5

)

 

(234.7

)

5

 

Funding requirement

 

626.5

 

 

599.2

 

5

 

Funded by

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer deposits(6)

 

441.1

 

 

411.8

 

7

 

Wholesale funding(7)

 

125.1

 

 

124.2

 

1

 

 

 

566.2

 

 

536.0

 

6

 

Term funding schemes(8)

 

11.4

 

 

15.4

 

(26

)

Total equity

 

48.9

 

 

47.8

 

2

 

Total funding

 

626.5

 

 

599.2

 

5

 

 


(1)         Excludes reverse repos of £61.1 billion (31 December 2019: £54.6 billion).

(2)         Excludes £0.1 billion (31 December 2019: £0.1billion) of loans and advances to banks within the Insurance business and £2.6 billion (31 December 2019: £1.6 billion) of reverse repurchase agreements.

(3)         Non-LCR eligible liquid assets comprise a diversified pool of highly rated unencumbered collateral (including retained issuance).

(4)         Cash and balances at central banks are combined in the Group’s balance sheet.

(5)         Other assets and other liabilities primarily include balances in the Group’s Insurance business and the fair value of derivative assets and liabilities.

(6)         Excludes repos of £12.3 billion (31 December 2019: £9.5 billion).

(7)         The Group’s definition of wholesale funding aligns with that used by other international market participants; including bank deposits, debt securities in issue and subordinated liabilities. 31 December 2019 has been restated to exclude margins.

(8)         Includes the Bank of England’s Term Funding Scheme (TFS) and Term Funding Scheme with additional incentives for SMEs (TFSME).

 

32


 

FUNDING AND LIQUIDITY MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

 

 

 

 

Included in

 

Repos and

 

and other

 

 

 

 

 

funding

 

collateral

 

accounting

 

Balance

 

 

 

analysis

 

received

 

methods

 

sheet

 

 

 

£bn

 

£bn

 

£bn

 

£bn

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 30 June 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits from banks

 

6.2

 

26.1

 

1.8

 

34.1

 

Debt securities in issue

 

102.9

 

—

 

(3.0

)

99.9

 

Subordinated liabilities

 

16.0

 

—

 

1.7

 

17.7

 

Total wholesale funding(1),(2)

 

125.1

 

26.1

 

 

 

 

 

Customer deposits

 

441.1

 

12.3

 

—

 

453.4

 

Total

 

566.2

 

38.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits from banks

 

5.5

 

22.8

 

(0.1

)

28.2

 

Debt securities in issue

 

102.1

 

—

 

(4.4

)

97.7

 

Subordinated liabilities

 

16.6

 

—

 

0.5

 

17.1

 

Total wholesale funding(1),(2)

 

124.2

 

22.8

 

 

 

 

 

Customer deposits

 

411.8

 

9.5

 

—

 

421.3

 

Total

 

536.0

 

32.3

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)         The Group’s definition of wholesale funding aligns with that used by other international market participants; including bank deposits, debt securities and subordinated liabilities.

(2)         Excludes balances relating to margins of £6.9 billion (31 December 2019: £4.2 billion).

 

Analysis of total wholesale funding by residual maturity

 

 

 

Less

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nine

 

 

 

 

 

More

 

Total

 

Total

 

 

 

than

 

One to

 

Three

 

Six to

 

months

 

One to

 

Two to

 

than

 

at

 

at

 

 

 

one

 

three

 

to six

 

nine

 

to one

 

two

 

five

 

five

 

30 June

 

31 Dec

 

 

 

month

 

months

 

months

 

months

 

year

 

years

 

years

 

years

 

2020

 

2019

 

 

 

£bn

 

£bn

 

£bn

 

£bn

 

£bn

 

£bn

 

£bn

 

£bn

 

£bn

 

£bn

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposit from banks

 

3.9

 

0.9

 

0.6

 

0.1

 

0.1

 

0.2

 

0.4

 

—

 

6.2

 

5.5

 

Debt securities in issue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

3.1

 

1.9

 

4.4

 

1.7

 

0.5

 

0.2

 

—

 

—

 

11.8

 

10.6

 

Commercial paper

 

3.2

 

2.5

 

1.8

 

0.8

 

0.3

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

8.6

 

8.9

 

Medium-term notes

 

—

 

1.0

 

0.2

 

1.1

 

1.8

 

2.9

 

29.1

 

15.1

 

51.2

 

48.0

 

Covered bonds

 

1.4

 

—

 

1.8

 

2.4

 

0.9

 

4.7

 

10.8

 

4.8

 

26.8

 

28.7

 

Securitisation

 

0.4

 

—

 

1.0

 

0.2

 

0.2

 

1.5

 

1.2

 

—

 

4.5

 

5.9

 

 

 

8.1

 

5.4

 

9.2

 

6.2

 

3.7

 

9.3

 

41.1

 

19.9

 

102.9

 

102.1

 

Subordinated liabilities

 

0.4

 

—

 

0.8

 

—

 

0.5

 

—

 

5.8

 

8.5

 

16.0

 

16.6

 

Total wholesale funding(1),(2)

 

12.4

 

6.3

 

10.6

 

6.3

 

4.3

 

9.5

 

47.3

 

28.4

 

125.1

 

124.2

 

 


(1)         The Group’s definition of wholesale funding aligns with that used by other international market participants; including bank deposits, debt securities and subordinated liabilities.

(2)         Excludes balances relating to margins of £6.9 billion (31 December 2019: £4.2 billion).

 

33


 

FUNDING AND LIQUIDITY MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

Analysis of 2020 term issuance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

Sterling

 

US Dollar

 

Euro

 

currencies

 

Total

 

 

 

£bn

 

£bn

 

£bn

 

£bn

 

£bn

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Medium-term notes

 

1.3

 

2.8

 

2.7

 

—

 

6.8

 

Covered bonds

 

1.0

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

1.0

 

Private placements(1)

 

—

 

0.1

 

0.1

 

0.2

 

0.4

 

Subordinated liabilities

 

—

 

—

 

0.3

 

—

 

0.3

 

Total issuance

 

2.3

 

2.9

 

3.1

 

0.2

 

8.5

 

 


(1)        Private placements include structured bonds.

 

Liquidity portfolio

 

At 30 June 2020, the Group had £137.5 billion of highly liquid, unencumbered, LCR eligible assets (31 December 2019: £130.7 billion), based on a 12 month rolling average. These assets are available to meet cash and collateral outflows and regulatory requirements. The increase in cash and central bank reserves was driven by customer deposit trends seen over the course of the first half. The Insurance business manages a separate liquidity portfolio to mitigate insurance liquidity risk.

 

The Group also has a significant amount of non-LCR eligible liquid assets which are eligible for use in a range of central bank or similar facilities. Future use of such facilities will be based on prudent liquidity management and economic considerations, having regard for external market conditions.

 

LCR eligible assets

 

 

 

Average(1)

 

Average(2)

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

2019

 

Change

 

 

 

£bn

 

£bn

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and central bank reserves

 

60.1

 

50.9

 

18

 

High quality government/MDB/agency bonds(3)

 

73.0

 

76.4

 

(4

)

High quality covered bonds

 

2.7

 

1.9

 

42

 

Total

 

135.8

 

129.2

 

5

 

Level 2(4)

 

1.7

 

1.5

 

13

 

Total LCR eligible assets

 

137.5

 

130.7

 

5

 

 


(1)         Based on 12 months rolling average to 30 June 2020.

(2)         Based on 12 months rolling average to 31 December 2019.

(3)         Designated multilateral development bank (MDB).

(4)         Includes Level 2A and Level 2B.

 

Encumbered assets

 

The Board and Group Asset and Liability Committee monitor and manage total balance sheet encumbrance using a number of risk appetite metrics. At 30 June 2020, the Group had £53.9 billion (31 December 2019: £60.6 billion) of externally encumbered on balance sheet assets with counterparties other than central banks. The decrease in encumbered assets was primarily driven by securitisation and covered bond redemptions during the first half of 2020. The Group also had £692.6 billion (31 December 2019: £639.5 billion) of unencumbered on balance sheet assets, and £126.5 billion (31 December 2019: £133.7 billion) of pre-positioned and encumbered assets held with central banks. Primarily, the Group encumbers mortgages, unsecured lending and credit card receivables through the issuance programmes and tradable securities through securities financing activity. The Group mainly positions mortgage assets at central banks. The 2019 Annual Report on Form 20-F includes further details on how the Group classifies assets for encumbrance purposes.

 

34


 

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

 

Analysis of capital position

 

The Group’s CET1 capital ratio increased to 14.6 per cent over the first six months of the year, reflecting:

 

·             underlying capital build before impairment charge of 100 basis points, which was more than offset by the 153 basis points of impairment charge

 

·             further reductions for pension contributions (39 basis points), partially offset by risk-weighted asset and other movements (11 basis points), which included increases related to market movements (17 basis points) and the excess expected loss offset against the increase in impairment provisions (11 basis points) less a reduction of 15 basis points from the increase in underlying risk-weighted assets.

 

·             the application of IFRS 9 transitional arrangements for capital, which provides temporary relief for the impact of the increase in the impairment charge, contributed 79 basis points

 

·             the reversal of the full year 2019 ordinary dividend accrual which contributed 83 basis points

 

The transitional total capital ratio increased to 22.3 per cent, largely reflecting the increase in CET1 capital and an increase in tier 2 capital, mainly resulting from foreign exchange and other movements, partially offset by the increase in risk-weighted assets.

 

The UK leverage ratio increased to 5.4 per cent, primarily reflecting the increase in the fully loaded tier 1 capital position, partially offset by an increase in the exposure measure resulting from an increase in the measures for derivatives and securities financing transactions (SFTs).

 

Total capital requirement

 

The Group’s total capital requirement (TCR) as at 30 June 2020, being the aggregate of the Group’s Pillar 1 and current Pillar 2A capital requirements, was £25,178 million (31 December 2019: £25,608 million).

 

Target capital ratio

 

The Board’s view of the ongoing level of CET1 capital required by the Group to grow the business, meet regulatory requirements and cover uncertainties is around 12.5 per cent, plus a management buffer of around 1 per cent. This takes into account, amongst other things:

 

·             the minimum Pillar 1 CET1 capital requirement of 4.5 per cent of risk-weighted assets

 

·             the Group’s Pillar 2A set by the PRA. During the period the PRA reduced the Group’s Pillar 2A requirement from c.4.6 per cent to c.4.2 per cent of risk-weighted assets at 30 June 2020, of which 2.3 per cent must be met by CET1 capital

 

·             the capital conservation buffer (CCB) requirement of 2.5 per cent of risk-weighted assets

 

·             the Group’s current countercyclical capital buffer (CCYB) requirement which is around 0 per cent of risk-weighted assets, reflecting the decision made by the PRA during the period to reduce the UK countercyclical capital buffer rate to zero

 

·             the RFB sub-group’s systemic risk buffer (SRB) of 2.0 per cent of risk-weighted assets, which equates to 1.7 per cent of risk-weighted assets at Group level

 

·             the Group’s PRA Buffer, which the PRA sets after taking account of the results of the annual PRA stress test and other information, as well as outputs from the Group’s internal stress tests. The PRA requires the buffer itself to remain confidential between the Group and the PRA

 

The Group is not currently classified as a global systemically important institution (G-SII) but has been identified as an ‘other’ systemically important institution (O-SII) by the PRA. The O-SII buffer is currently set to zero in the UK.

 

35


 

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

Capital resources

 

An analysis of the Group’s capital position as at 30 June 2020 is presented in the following section on both a CRD IV transitional arrangements basis and a CRD IV fully loaded basis, as amended by provisions of the revised Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR II) that came into force in June 2019. In addition, both the transitional and fully loaded positions present reflect the application of the transitional arrangements for IFRS 9.

 

The following table summarises the consolidated capital position of the Group.

 

36


 

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

 

 

Transitional

 

Fully loaded

 

 

 

At 30 June

 

At 31 Dec

 

At 30 June

 

At 31 Dec

 

 

 

2020

 

2019

 

2020

 

2019

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common equity tier 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity per balance sheet

 

42,734

 

41,697

 

42,734

 

41,697

 

Adjustment to retained earnings for foreseeable dividends

 

—

 

(1,586

)

—

 

(1,586

)

Deconsolidation adjustments(1)

 

2,343

 

2,337

 

2,343

 

2,337

 

Adjustment for own credit

 

28

 

26

 

28

 

26

 

Cash flow hedging reserve

 

(1,962

)

(1,504

)

(1,962

)

(1,504

)

Other adjustments

 

1,729

 

247

 

1,729

 

247

 

 

 

44,872

 

41,217

 

44,872

 

41,217

 

less: deductions from common equity tier 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

(4,321

)

(4,179

)

(4,321

)

(4,179

)

Prudent valuation adjustment

 

(495

)

(509

)

(495

)

(509

)

Excess of expected losses over impairment provisions and value adjustments

 

(32

)

(243

)

(32

)

(243

)

Removal of defined benefit pension surplus

 

(1,712

)

(531

)

(1,712

)

(531

)

Securitisation deductions

 

(182

)

(185

)

(182

)

(185

)

Significant investments(1)

 

(4,410

)

(4,626

)

(4,410

)

(4,626

)

Deferred tax assets

 

(3,531

)

(3,200

)

(3,531

)

(3,200

)

Common equity tier 1 capital

 

30,189

 

27,744

 

30,189

 

27,744

 

Additional tier 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other equity instruments

 

5,881

 

5,881

 

5,881

 

5,881

 

Preference shares and preferred securities(2)

 

4,569

 

4,127

 

—

 

—

 

Transitional limit and other adjustments

 

(3,468

)

(2,474

)

—

 

—

 

 

 

6,982

 

7,534

 

5,881

 

5,881

 

less: deductions from tier 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Significant investments(1)

 

(1,140

)

(1,286

)

—

 

—

 

Total tier 1 capital

 

36,031

 

33,992

 

36,070

 

33,625

 

Tier 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other subordinated liabilities(2)

 

13,148

 

13,003

 

13,148

 

13,003

 

Deconsolidation of instruments issued by insurance entities(1)

 

(1,884

)

(1,796

)

(1,884

)

(1,796

)

Adjustments for transitional limit and non-eligible instruments

 

2,205

 

2,278

 

(1,666

)

(2,204

)

Amortisation and other adjustments

 

(2,413

)

(3,101

)

(2,413

)

(3,101

)

 

 

11,056

 

10,384

 

7,185

 

5,902

 

less: deductions from tier 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Significant investments(1)

 

(941

)

(960

)

(2,081

)

(2,246

)

Total capital resources

 

46,146

 

43,416

 

41,174

 

37,281

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets (unaudited)

 

207,052

 

203,431

 

207,052

 

203,431

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common equity tier 1 capital ratio

 

14.6

%

13.6

%

14.6

%

13.6

%

Tier 1 capital ratio

 

17.4

%

16.7

%

17.4

%

16.5

%

Total capital ratio

 

22.3

%

21.3

%

19.9

%

18.3

%

 


(1)         For regulatory capital purposes, the Group’s Insurance business is deconsolidated and replaced by the amount of the Group’s investment in the business. A part of this amount is deducted from capital (via ‘significant investments’ in the table above) and the remaining amount is risk-weighted, forming part of threshold risk-weighted assets.

(2)         Preference shares, preferred securities and other subordinated liabilities are categorised as subordinated liabilities in the balance sheet.

 

37


 

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

Movements in capital resources

 

The key difference between the transitional capital calculation as at 30 June 2020 and the fully loaded equivalent is primarily related to capital securities that previously qualified as tier 1 or tier 2 capital, but that do not fully qualify under the regulation, which can be included in additional tier 1 (AT1) or tier 2 capital (as applicable) up to specified limits which reduce by 10 per cent per annum until 2022. In addition, following revisions to eligibility criteria for capital instruments under CRR II, certain tier 1 capital instruments of the Group that will transition to tier 2 capital by 2022 will cease to qualify as regulatory capital in June 2025. The key movements on a transitional basis are set out in the table below.

 

 

 

Common

 

Additional

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

equity tier 1

 

tier 1

 

Tier 2

 

capital

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December 2019

 

27,744

 

6,248

 

9,424

 

43,416

 

Banking profit attributable to ordinary shareholders(1)

 

174

 

—

 

—

 

174

 

Movement in foreseeable dividends(2)

 

1,586

 

—

 

—

 

1,586

 

Dividends received from the Insurance business(1)

 

250

 

—

 

—

 

250

 

IFRS 9 transitional adjustment to retained earnings

 

1,542

 

—

 

—

 

1,542

 

Pension movements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Removal of defined benefit pension surplus

 

(1,181

)

—

 

—

 

(1,181

)

Movement through other comprehensive income

 

514

 

—

 

—

 

514

 

Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve

 

(171

)

—

 

—

 

(171

)

Prudent valuation adjustment

 

14

 

—

 

—

 

14

 

Deferred tax asset

 

(331

)

—

 

—

 

(331

)

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

(142

)

—

 

—

 

(142

)

Excess of expected losses over impairment provisions and value adjustments

 

211

 

—

 

—

 

211

 

Significant investments

 

216

 

146

 

19

 

381

 

Movements in other equity, subordinated debt and other tier 2 items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repurchases, redemptions and other

 

—

 

(552

)

672

 

120

 

Issuances

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

Other movements

 

(237

)

—

 

—

 

(237

)

At 30 June 2020

 

30,189

 

5,842

 

10,115

 

46,146

 

 


(1)         Under the regulatory framework, profits made by Insurance are removed from CET1 capital. However, when dividends are paid to the Group by Insurance these are recognised through CET1 capital.

(2)         Reflects the reversal of the accrual for the Group’s 2019 full year ordinary dividend which was cancelled during the period.

 

CET1 capital resources have increased by £2,445 million during the period, primarily reflecting:

 

·             underlying banking profits, pre impairment charge with the impairment charge partially mitigated through the increase in IFRS 9 transitional relief

 

·             the reversal of the foreseeable dividend accrual following the cancellation of the 2019 full year ordinary dividend

 

·             dividends received from the Insurance business in respect of their 2019 full year ordinary dividend

 

·             the reduction in excess expected losses following the increase in offsetting IFRS 9 expected credit losses

 

·             a reduction in the amount of significant investments deducted from capital

 

·             offset in part by pensions contributions made during the period, an increase in deferred tax assets and intangibles deducted from capital, fair value movements through OCI and other movements

 

38


 

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

AT1 capital resources have reduced by £406 million during the period, primarily reflecting the annual reduction in the transitional limit applied to grandfathered AT1 capital instruments, offset in part by a reduction in the significant investments deduction.

 

Tier 2 capital resources have increased by £691 million during the period, largely reflecting foreign exchange and other movements, along with a recent liability management exercise that resulted in the exchange of a grandfathered tier 2 instrument for a full count tier 2 instrument. This was partially offset by the application of the reduced transitional limit to grandfathered tier 2 capital instruments.

 

Minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL)

 

As the Group is not classified as a global systemically important bank (G-SIB) it is not directly subject to the CRR II MREL requirements that came into force in June 2019. However the Group remains subject to the Bank of England’s MREL statement of policy (MREL SoP) and must therefore maintain a minimum level of MREL resources.

 

Applying the Bank of England’s MREL SoP to current minimum capital requirements, the Group’s indicative MREL requirement, excluding regulatory capital and leverage buffers, is as follows:

 

·             from 1 January 2020, the higher of 2 times Pillar 1 plus Pillar 2A, currently equivalent to 20.2 per cent of risk-weighted assets, or 6.5 per cent of the UK leverage ratio exposure measure

 

·             from 1 January 2022, the higher of 2 times Pillar 1 plus 2 times Pillar 2A, currently equivalent to 24.3 per cent of risk-weighted assets, or 6.5 per cent of the UK leverage ratio exposure measure.

 

In addition, CET1 capital cannot be used to meet both MREL requirements and capital or leverage buffers.

 

During the second half of 2020 the Bank of England will review the final end-state requirements which are to be met from 1 January 2022.

 

39


 

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

An analysis of the Group’s current transitional MREL position is provided in the table below.

 

 

 

Transitional(2)

 

 

 

At 30 June

 

At 31 Dec

 

 

 

2020

 

2019

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total capital resources (transitional basis)

 

46,146

 

43,416

 

Ineligible AT1 and tier 2 instruments(1)

 

(553

)

(874

)

Amortised portion of eligible tier 2 instruments issued by Lloyds Banking Group plc

 

115

 

24

 

Senior unsecured securities issued by Lloyds Banking Group plc

 

30,567

 

23,554

 

Total MREL resources(2)

 

76,275

 

66,120

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets

 

207,052

 

203,431

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MREL ratio

 

36.8

%

32.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leverage exposure measure

 

665,789

 

654,387

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MREL leverage ratio

 

11.5

%

10.1

%

 


(1)         Instruments with less than or equal to one year to maturity or governed under non-EEA law without a contractual bail-in clause.

(2)         Until 2022, externally issued regulatory capital in operating entities can count towards the Group’s MREL to the extent that such capital would count towards the Group’s consolidated capital resources.

 

During the period, the Group issued externally £4.9 billion (sterling equivalent) of senior unsecured securities from Lloyds Banking Group plc which, while not included in total capital, are eligible to meet MREL requirements.

 

Total MREL resources increased by £10.2 billion, largely reflecting the increase in total capital resources and issuances, foreign exchange and other movements connected to senior unsecured securities.

 

40


 

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

Risk-weighted assets

 

 

 

At 30 June

 

At 31 Dec

 

 

 

2020

 

2019

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foundation Internal Ratings Based (IRB) Approach

 

54,058

 

53,842

 

Retail IRB Approach

 

64,589

 

63,208

 

Other IRB Approach

 

19,109

 

18,544

 

IRB Approach

 

137,756

 

135,594

 

Standardised (STA) Approach

 

24,046

 

24,420

 

Credit risk

 

161,802

 

160,014

 

Counterparty credit risk

 

5,675

 

5,083

 

Contributions to the default fund of a central counterparty

 

235

 

210

 

Credit valuation adjustment risk

 

629

 

584

 

Operational risk

 

25,437

 

25,482

 

Market risk

 

1,953

 

1,790

 

Underlying risk-weighted assets

 

195,731

 

193,163

 

Threshold risk-weighted assets(1)

 

11,321

 

10,268

 

Total risk-weighted assets

 

207,052

 

203,431

 

 


(1)         Threshold risk-weighted assets reflect the element of significant investments and deferred tax assets that are permitted to be risk-weighted instead of being deducted from CET1 capital. Significant investments primarily arise from investment in the Group’s Insurance business.

 

Risk-weighted assets movement by key driver

 

 

 

Credit risk

 

Credit risk

 

Credit risk

 

Counterparty

 

Market

 

Operational

 

 

 

 

 

IRB

 

STA

 

total(1)

 

credit risk(2)

 

risk

 

risk

 

Total

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total risk-weighted assets at 31 December 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

203,431

 

Less threshold risk-weighted assets(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10,268

)

Risk-weighted assets as at 31 December 2019

 

135,594

 

24,420

 

160,014

 

5,877

 

1,790

 

25,482

 

193,163

 

Asset size

 

(2,488

)

(1,227

)

(3,715

)

628

 

—

 

—

 

(3,087

)

Asset quality

 

3,881

 

212

 

4,093

 

(105

)

—

 

—

 

3,988

 

Model updates

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

307

 

—

 

307

 

Methodology and policy

 

(12

)

445

 

433

 

—

 

(277

)

—

 

156

 

Acquisitions and disposals

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

Movements in risk levels (market risk only)

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

133

 

—

 

133

 

Foreign exchange movements

 

781

 

196

 

977

 

139

 

—

 

—

 

1,116

 

Other

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

(45

)

(45

)

Risk-weighted assets as at 30 June 2020

 

137,756

 

24,046

 

161,802

 

6,539

 

1,953

 

25,437

 

195,731

 

Threshold risk-weighted assets(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,321

 

Risk-weighted assets as at 30 June 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

207,052

 

 


(1)         Credit risk includes securitisation risk-weighted assets.

(2)         Counterparty credit risk includes movements in contributions to the default fund of central counterparties and movements in credit valuation adjustment risk.

(3)         Threshold risk-weighted assets reflect the element of significant investments and deferred tax assets that are permitted to be risk-weighted instead of being deducted from CET1 capital. Significant investments primarily arise from investments in the Group’s Insurance business.

 

41


 

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

The risk-weighted assets movement table provides analysis of the movement in risk-weighted assets in the period by risk type and an insight into the key drivers of the movements.

 

Credit risk, risk-weighted assets:

 

·             Asset size reduction of £3.7 billion predominantly reflects reduced lending volumes in Retail portfolios and optimisation activity in Commercial Banking

 

·             Asset quality increase of £4.1 billion primarily relates to model calibrations and a change in credit quality, reflecting the current economic climate

 

·             Methodology and policy changes increased risk-weighted assets by £0.4 billion which includes regulatory changes in respect of the final stage application of the new securitisation framework, offset by a revision to the SME supporting factor

 

Counterparty credit risk: increased by £0.6 billion due to movements in market rates during the period

 

Market risk, risk-weighted assets: increase driven by an increase in interest rate risk exposure in the trading books

 

Leverage ratio

 

The Group is currently subject to the following minimum requirements under the UK Leverage Ratio Framework:

 

·             a minimum leverage ratio requirement of 3.25 per cent of the total leverage exposure measure

 

·             a countercyclical leverage buffer (CCLB) which is currently around 0 per cent of the total leverage exposure measure, reflecting the decision made by the PRA during the period to reduce the UK countercyclical capital buffer rate to zero

 

·             an additional leverage ratio buffer (ALRB) of 0.7 per cent of the total leverage exposure measure applies to the RFB sub-group, which equates to 0.6 per cent at Group level.

 

At least 75 per cent of the 3.25 per cent minimum leverage ratio requirement as well as 100 per cent of all regulatory leverage buffers must be met with CET1 capital.

 

Analysis of leverage movements

 

The Group’s fully loaded UK leverage ratio increased to 5.4 per cent during the period, primarily driven by the increase in tier 1 capital. The leverage exposure measure increased by £11.4 billion during the period, largely reflecting the increase in the derivative and SFT exposure measures in addition to other balance sheet movements, partially offset by the accelerated implementation for the netting of regular-way purchases and sales awaiting settlement. Following a direction received from the PRA the Group is permitted to exclude lending under the UK Government’s Bounce Back Loan Scheme (BBLS) from the leverage exposure measure.

 

The derivatives exposure measure, representing derivative financial instruments per the balance sheet net of deconsolidation and derivatives adjustments, increased by £2.1 billion during the period, largely as a result of the increase in the replacement cost measure which was primarily driven by market movements.

 

The SFT exposure measure, representing SFT assets per the balance sheet net of deconsolidation and other SFT adjustments, increased by £9.2 billion during the period, reflecting both an increase in volumes and an increase in the counterparty credit risk add-on.

 

The average UK leverage ratio was 5.3 per cent over the quarter, increasing to 5.4 per cent towards the end which largely reflected the increase in tier 1 capital over the period.

 

42


 

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

The table below summarises the component parts of the Group’s leverage ratio.

 

 

 

Fully loaded

 

 

 

At 30 June

 

At 31 Dec

 

 

 

2020

 

2019

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

Total tier 1 capital for leverage ratio

 

 

 

 

 

Common equity tier 1 capital

 

30,189

 

27,744

 

Additional tier 1 capital

 

5,881

 

5,881

 

Total tier 1 capital

 

36,070

 

33,625

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exposure measure

 

 

 

 

 

Statutory balance sheet assets

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

32,978

 

26,369

 

Securities financing transactions

 

75,287

 

67,424

 

Loans and advances and other assets

 

764,729

 

740,100

 

Total assets

 

872,994

 

833,893

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Qualifying central bank claims

 

(73,098

)

(49,590

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deconsolidation adjustments(1)

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

(1,681

)

(1,293

)

Securities financing transactions

 

—

 

(334

)

Loans and advances and other assets

 

(159,667

)

(167,410

)

Total deconsolidation adjustments

 

(161,348

)

(169,037

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustments for regulatory netting

 

(13,447

)

(11,298

)

Adjustments for cash collateral

 

(14,423

)

(12,551

)

Net written credit protection

 

462

 

458

 

Regulatory potential future exposure

 

16,201

 

16,337

 

Total derivatives adjustments

 

(11,207

)

(7,054

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities financing transactions adjustments

 

2,190

 

1,164

 

Off-balance sheet items

 

53,541

 

53,191

 

Regulatory deductions and other adjustments(5)

 

(17,283

)

(8,180

)

Total exposure measure(2)

 

665,789

 

654,387

 

Average exposure measure(3)

 

674,641

 

667,433

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UK Leverage ratio(2)

 

5.4

%

5.1

%

Average UK leverage ratio(3)

 

5.3

%

5.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

CRD IV exposure measure(4)

 

738,887

 

703,977

 

CRD IV leverage ratio(4)

 

4.9

%

4.8

%

 


(1)         Deconsolidation adjustments relate to the deconsolidation of certain Group entities that fall outside the scope of the Group’s regulatory capital consolidation, being primarily the Group’s Insurance business.

(2)         Calculated in accordance with the UK Leverage Ratio Framework which requires qualifying central bank claims to be excluded from the leverage exposure measure.

(3)         The average UK leverage ratio is based on the average of the month end tier 1 capital position and average exposure measure over the quarter (1 April 2020 to 30 June 2020). The average of 5.3 per cent compares to 5.3 per cent at the start and 5.4 per cent at the end of the quarter.

(4)         Calculated in accordance with CRD IV rules which include central bank claims within the leverage exposure measure.

(5)         Includes adjustments to exclude lending under the UK Government’s Bounce Back Loan Scheme (BBLS) and the accelerated implementation for the netting of regular-way purchases and sales awaiting settlement in accordance with CRR Article 500d.

 

43


 

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

Application of IFRS 9 on a full impact basis for capital and leverage

 

 

 

IFRS 9 full impact

 

 

 

At 30 June

 

At 31 Dec

 

 

 

2020

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common equity tier 1 (£m)

 

27,583

 

27,002

 

Transitional tier 1 (£m)

 

33,425

 

33,249

 

Transitional total capital (£m)

 

44,691

 

43,153

 

Total risk-weighted assets (£m)

 

205,595

 

203,083

 

Common equity tier 1 ratio (%)

 

13.4

%

13.3

%

Transitional tier 1 ratio (%)

 

16.3

%

16.4

%

Transitional total capital ratio (%)

 

21.7

%

21.2

%

UK leverage ratio exposure measure (£m)

 

663,181

 

653,643

 

UK leverage ratio (%)

 

5.0

%

5.0

%

 

The Group applies the full extent of the IFRS 9 transitional arrangements for capital as set out under the recent revisions to CRR Article 473a.

 

Stress testing

 

The Group undertakes a wide-ranging programme of stress testing providing a comprehensive view of the potential impacts arising from the risks to which the Group and its key legal entities are exposed. One of the most important uses of stress testing is to assess the resilience of the operational and strategic plans of the Group and its legal entities to adverse economic conditions and other key vulnerabilities. As part of this programme the Group conducted a macroeconomic stress test of the four year operating plan in the first quarter of the year.

 

The Group also participates in the UK wide Annual Cyclical Scenario stress tests run by the Bank of England. In the 2019 Bank of England stress test the Group exceeded the capital and leverage hurdles after the application of management actions and was not required to take any action as a result of the test.  The 2020 Bank of England stress test was cancelled in March 2020 as part of the supervisory response to the coronavirus pandemic.

 

Regulatory capital developments

 

Over recent months, UK and European regulators have introduced a series of regulatory measures in response to the coronavirus pandemic. These comprise of temporary or transitional arrangements to provide capital relief to banks to ensure the resilience of the financial system and to support lending to the economy during this period. These measures include the recent revisions to the IFRS 9 transitional arrangements for capital and the accelerated implementation of the revised SME supporting factor under CRR II.

 

The regulatory response to the coronavirus pandemic also impacts the timing of forthcoming changes, which include a one year deferral of UK policy changes on mortgage risk-weighted asset modelling to 1 January 2022 and of the final Basel III reforms which are now expected to phase in from 1 January 2023. In addition, the final Basel III reforms will be subject to adoption via the UK legislative process following the end of the Brexit transition period. The remaining majority of CRR II requirements will continue to be implemented in June 2021.

 

Half-year Pillar 3 disclosures

 

The Group will publish a condensed set of half-year Pillar 3 disclosures in August, prepared in accordance with the revised European Banking Authority (EBA) guidelines on Pillar 3 disclosure formats and frequency that were issued in December 2016.

 

A copy of the half-year Pillar 3 disclosures will be available to view from mid-August at:

https://www.lloydsbankinggroup.com/investors/financial-performance/

 

44


 

STATUTORY INFORMATION

 

 

 

Page

Condensed consolidated half-year financial statements

 

Consolidated income statement

46

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

47

Consolidated balance sheet

48

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

50

Consolidated cash flow statement

53

 

 

 

Notes

 

 

1

Accounting policies, presentation and estimates

54 

2

Segmental analysis

61 

3

Net fee and commission income

63 

4

Operating expenses

64 

5

Impairment

65 

6

Taxation

66 

7

Earnings per share

66 

8

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

67 

9

Derivative financial instruments

67 

10

Financial assets at amortised cost

68 

11

Allowance for impairment losses

72 

12

Debt securities in issue

76 

13

Post-retirement defined benefit schemes

77 

14

Provisions for liabilities and charges

78 

15

Contingent liabilities, commitments and guarantees

80 

16

Fair values of financial assets and liabilities

83 

17

Credit quality of loans and advances to banks and customers

90 

18

Future accounting developments

98 

 

45


 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED HALF-YEAR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

 

 

Half-year to 

 

 

Half-year to 

 

 

Half-year to

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 June 

 

 

30 June 

 

 

31 Dec

 

 

 

 

Note

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and similar income

 

 

 

7,574

 

 

8,399

 

 

8,462

 

 

Interest and similar expense

 

 

 

(1,018

)

 

(3,760

)

 

(2,921

)

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

6,556

 

 

4,639

 

 

5,541

 

 

Fee and commission income

 

 

 

1,121

 

 

1,428

 

 

1,328

 

 

Fee and commission expense

 

 

 

(558

)

 

(694

)

 

(656

)

 

Net fee and commission income

 

3

 

563

 

 

734

 

 

672

 

 

Net trading income

 

 

 

(5,211

)

 

11,789

 

 

6,499

 

 

Insurance premium income

 

 

 

4,244

 

 

4,431

 

 

5,143

 

 

Other operating income

 

 

 

720

 

 

1,547

 

 

1,361

 

 

Other income

 

 

 

316

 

 

18,501

 

 

13,675

 

 

Total income

 

 

 

6,872

 

 

23,140

 

 

19,216

 

 

Insurance claims

 

 

 

1,023

 

 

(14,009

)

 

(9,988

)

 

Total income, net of insurance claims

 

 

 

7,895

 

 

9,131

 

 

9,228

 

 

Regulatory provisions

 

 

 

(177

)

 

(793

)

 

(2,102

)

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

 

(4,491

)

 

(4,862

)

 

(4,913

)

 

Total operating expenses

 

4

 

(4,668

)

 

(5,655

)

 

(7,015

)

 

Trading surplus

 

 

 

3,227

 

 

3,476

 

 

2,213

 

 

Impairment

 

5

 

(3,829

)

 

(579

)

 

(717

)

 

(Loss) profit before tax

 

 

 

(602

)

 

2,897

 

 

1,496

 

 

Tax credit (expense)

 

6

 

621

 

 

(672

)

 

(715

)

 

Profit for the period

 

 

 

19

 

 

2,225

 

 

781

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Loss) profit attributable to ordinary shareholders

 

 

 

(234

)

 

1,942

 

 

517

 

 

Profit attributable to other equity holders

 

 

 

234

 

 

251

 

 

215

 

 

Profit attributable to equity holders

 

 

 

—

 

 

2,193

 

 

732

 

 

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

 

 

 

19

 

 

32

 

 

49

 

 

Profit for the period

 

 

 

19

 

 

2,225

 

 

781

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic (loss) earnings per share

 

7

 

(0.3

)p

 

2.7

p

 

0.8

p

 

Diluted (loss) earnings per share

 

7

 

(0.3

)p

 

2.7

p

 

0.7

p

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the condensed consolidated half-year financial statements

 

46


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

Half-year to

 

 

Half-year to

 

 

Half-year to

 

 

 

 

30 June

 

 

30 June

 

 

31 Dec

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2019

 

 

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit for the period

 

19

 

 

2,225

 

 

781

 

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Items that will not subsequently be reclassified to profit or loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Post-retirement defined benefit scheme remeasurements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remeasurements before tax

 

668

 

 

(173

)

 

(1,260

)

 

Tax

 

(154

)

 

44

 

 

272

 

 

 

 

514

 

 

(129

)

 

(988

)

 

Movements in revaluation reserve in respect of equity shares held at fair value through other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value

 

(62

)

 

1

 

 

(1

)

 

Tax

 

—

 

 

12

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

(62

)

 

13

 

 

(1

)

 

Gains and losses attributable to own credit risk:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gains (losses) before tax

 

(3

)

 

(303

)

 

(116

)

 

Tax

 

1

 

 

82

 

 

31

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

(221

)

 

(85

)

 

Items that may subsequently be reclassified to profit or loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Movements in revaluation reserve in respect of debt securities held at fair value through other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value

 

(21

)

 

(49

)

 

19

 

 

Income statement transfers in respect of disposals

 

(137

)

 

(177

)

 

(19

)

 

Impairment recognised in the income statement

 

6

 

 

(1

)

 

—

 

 

Tax

 

43

 

 

68

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

(109

)

 

(159

)

 

3

 

 

Movements in cash flow hedging reserve:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective portion of changes in fair value taken to other comprehensive income

 

890

 

 

1,179

 

 

30

 

 

Net income statement transfers

 

(223

)

 

(242

)

 

(366

)

 

Tax

 

(209

)

 

(250

)

 

102

 

 

 

 

458

 

 

687

 

 

(234

)

 

Currency translation differences (tax: nil)

 

28

 

 

1

 

 

(13

)

 

Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax

 

827

 

 

192

 

 

(1,318

)

 

Total comprehensive income for the period

 

846

 

 

2,417

 

 

(537

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income attributable to ordinary shareholders

 

593

 

 

2,134

 

 

(801

)

 

Total comprehensive income attributable to other equity holders

 

234

 

 

251

 

 

215

 

 

Total comprehensive income attributable to equity holders

 

827

 

 

2,385

 

 

(586

)

 

Total comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests

 

19

 

 

32

 

 

49

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the period

 

846

 

 

2,417

 

 

(537

)

 

 

47


 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

 

 

 

 

 

At 30 June

 

At 31 Dec

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

2019

 

 

 

Note

 

(unaudited)

 

(audited)

 

 

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances at central banks

 

 

 

78,139

 

55,130

 

Items in the course of collection from banks

 

 

 

331

 

313

 

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

 

8

 

157,113

 

160,189

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

9

 

32,978

 

26,369

 

Loans and advances to banks

 

 

 

11,202

 

9,775

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

 

 

501,508

 

494,988

 

Debt securities

 

 

 

5,604

 

5,544

 

Financial assets at amortised cost

 

10

 

518,314

 

510,307

 

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

 

 

27,211

 

25,092

 

Investments in joint ventures and associates

 

 

 

311

 

304

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

2,324

 

2,324

 

Value of in-force business

 

 

 

5,397

 

5,558

 

Other intangible assets

 

 

 

3,985

 

3,808

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

12,212

 

13,104

 

Current tax recoverable

 

 

 

947

 

7

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

2,611

 

2,666

 

Retirement benefit assets

 

13

 

2,241

 

681

 

Assets arising from reinsurance contracts held

 

 

 

22,220

 

23,567

 

Other assets

 

 

 

6,660

 

4,474

 

Total assets

 

 

 

872,994

 

833,893

 

 

48


 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

At 30 June

 

At 31 Dec

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

2019

 

 

 

Note

 

(unaudited)

 

(audited)

 

 

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity and liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits from banks

 

 

 

34,124

 

28,179

 

Customer deposits

 

 

 

453,446

 

421,320

 

Items in course of transmission to banks

 

 

 

309

 

373

 

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

 

 

 

21,474

 

21,486

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

9

 

28,631

 

25,779

 

Notes in circulation

 

 

 

1,256

 

1,079

 

Debt securities in issue

 

12

 

99,931

 

97,689

 

Liabilities arising from insurance contracts and participating investment contracts

 

 

 

108,125

 

111,449

 

Liabilities arising from non-participating investment contracts

 

 

 

34,927

 

37,459

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

21,395

 

20,333

 

Retirement benefit obligations

 

13

 

271

 

257

 

Current tax liabilities

 

 

 

33

 

187

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

32

 

44

 

Other provisions

 

14

 

2,461

 

3,323

 

Subordinated liabilities

 

 

 

17,717

 

17,130

 

Total liabilities

 

 

 

824,132

 

786,087

 

Equity and liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital

 

 

 

7,076

 

7,005

 

Share premium account

 

 

 

17,856

 

17,751

 

Other reserves

 

 

 

14,010

 

13,695

 

Retained profits

 

 

 

3,792

 

3,246

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

42,734

 

41,697

 

Other equity instruments

 

 

 

5,906

 

5,906

 

Total equity excluding non-controlling interests

 

 

 

48,640

 

47,603

 

Non-controlling interests

 

 

 

222

 

203

 

Total equity

 

 

 

48,862

 

47,806

 

Total equity and liabilities

 

 

 

872,994

 

833,893

 

 

49


 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

 

Attributable to ordinary shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

Non -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and

 

 

Other

 

 

Retained

 

 

 

 

 

equity

 

 

controlling

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

premium

 

 

reserves

 

 

profits

 

 

Total

 

 

instruments

 

 

interests

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at 1 January 2020

 

 

24,756

 

 

13,695

 

 

3,246

 

 

41,697

 

 

5,906

 

 

203

 

 

47,806

 

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Loss) profit for the period

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(234

)

 

(234

)

 

234

 

 

19

 

 

19

 

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Post-retirement defined benefit scheme remeasurements, net of tax

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

514

 

 

514

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

514

 

 

Movements in revaluation reserve in respect of financial assets held at fair value through other comprehensive income, net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt securities

 

 

—

 

 

(109

)

 

—

 

 

(109

)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(109

)

 

Equity shares

 

 

—

 

 

(62

)

 

—

 

 

(62

)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(62

)

 

Gains and losses attributable to own credit risk, net of tax

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(2

)

 

(2

)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(2

)

 

Movements in cash flow hedging reserve, net of tax

 

 

—

 

 

458

 

 

—

 

 

458

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

458

 

 

Currency translation differences (tax: £nil)

 

 

—

 

 

28

 

 

—

 

 

28

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

28

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

 

 

—

 

 

315

 

 

512

 

 

827

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

827

 

 

Total comprehensive income(1)

 

 

—

 

 

315

 

 

278

 

 

593

 

 

234

 

 

19

 

 

846

 

 

Transactions with owners

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distributions on other equity instruments

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(234

)

 

—

 

 

(234

)

 

Issue of ordinary shares(2)

 

 

176

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

176

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

176

 

 

Movement in treasury shares

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

221

 

 

221

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

221

 

 

Value of employee services:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share option schemes

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

12

 

 

12

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

12

 

 

Other employee award schemes

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

35

 

 

35

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

35

 

 

Total transactions with owners

 

 

176

 

 

—

 

 

268

 

 

444

 

 

(234

)

 

—

 

 

210

 

 

Realised gains and losses on equity shares held at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

Balance at 30 June 2020

 

 

24,932

 

 

14,010

 

 

3,792

 

 

42,734

 

 

5,906

 

 

222

 

 

48,862

 

 

 


(1)   Total comprehensive income attributable to owners of the parent for the half-year to 30 June 2020 was £827 million (half-year to 30 June 2019: £2,385 million; half-year to 31 December 2019: a deficit of £586 million).

(2)   During the half-year to 30 June 2020, 709 million shares (half-year to 30 June 2019: 725 million shares; half-year to 31 December 2019: 51 million shares) were issued in respect of employee share schemes.

 

50


 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (UNAUDITED) (continued)

 

 

 

 

Attributable to ordinary shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

Non -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and

 

 

Other

 

 

Retained

 

 

 

 

 

equity

 

 

controlling

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

premium

 

 

reserves

 

 

profits

 

 

Total

 

 

instruments

 

 

interests

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at 1 January 2019

 

 

24,835

 

 

13,210

 

 

5,389

 

 

43,434

 

 

6,491

 

 

274

 

 

50,199

 

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit for the period

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

1,942

 

 

1,942

 

 

251

 

 

32

 

 

2,225

 

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Post-retirement defined benefit scheme remeasurements, net of tax

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(129

)

 

(129

)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(129

)

 

Movements in revaluation reserve in respect of financial assets held at fair value through other comprehensive income, net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt securities

 

 

—

 

 

(159

)

 

—

 

 

(159

)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(159

)

 

Equity shares

 

 

—

 

 

13

 

 

—

 

 

13

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

13

 

 

Gains and losses attributable to own credit risk, net of tax

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(221

)

 

(221

)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(221

)

 

Movements in cash flow hedging reserve, net of tax

 

 

—

 

 

687

 

 

—

 

 

687

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

687

 

 

Currency translation differences (tax: £nil)

 

 

—

 

 

1

 

 

—

 

 

1

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

1

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

 

 

—

 

 

542

 

 

(350

)

 

192

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

192

 

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

—

 

 

542

 

 

1,592

 

 

2,134

 

 

251

 

 

32

 

 

2,417

 

 

Transactions with owners

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(1,523

)

 

(1,523

)

 

—

 

 

(91

)

 

(1,614

)

 

Distributions on other equity instruments

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(251

)

 

—

 

 

(251

)

 

Issue of ordinary shares

 

 

90

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

90

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

90

 

 

Share buyback

 

 

(113

)

 

113

 

 

(879

)

 

(879

)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(879

)

 

Redemption of preference shares

 

 

3

 

 

(3

)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

Issue of other equity instruments

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(1

)

 

(1

)

 

396

 

 

—

 

 

395

 

 

Redemption of other equity instruments

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(1,481

)

 

—

 

 

(1,481

)

 

Movement in treasury shares

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

71

 

 

71

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

71

 

 

Value of employee services:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share option schemes

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

34

 

 

34

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

34

 

 

Other employee award schemes

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

88

 

 

88

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

88

 

 

Changes in non-controlling interests

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(14

)

 

(14

)

 

Total transactions with owners

 

 

(20

)

 

110

 

 

(2,210

)

 

(2,120

)

 

(1,336

)

 

(105

)

 

(3,561

)

 

Realised gains and losses on equity shares held at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

 

—

 

 

2

 

 

(2

)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

Balance at 30 June 2019

 

 

24,815

 

 

13,864

 

 

4,769

 

 

43,448

 

 

5,406

 

 

201

 

 

49,055

 

 

 

51


 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (UNAUDITED) (continued)

 

 

 

 

Attributable to ordinary shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

Non-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and

 

 

Other

 

 

Retained

 

 

 

 

 

equity

 

 

controlling

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

premium

 

 

reserves

 

 

profits

 

 

Total

 

 

instruments

 

 

interests

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at 1 July 2019

 

 

24,815

 

 

13,864

 

 

4,769

 

 

43,448

 

 

5,406

 

 

201

 

 

49,055

 

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit for the period

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

517

 

 

517

 

 

215

 

 

49

 

 

781

 

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Post-retirement defined benefit scheme remeasurements, net of tax

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(988

)

 

(988

)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(988

)

 

Movements in revaluation reserve in respect of financial assets held at fair value through other comprehensive income, net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt securities

 

 

—

 

 

3

 

 

—

 

 

3

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

3

 

 

Equity shares

 

 

—

 

 

(1

)

 

—

 

 

(1

)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(1

)

 

Gains and losses attributable to own credit risk, net of tax

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(85

)

 

(85

)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(85

)

 

Movements in cash flow hedging reserve, net of tax

 

 

—

 

 

(234

)

 

—

 

 

(234

)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(234

)

 

Currency translation differences (tax: £nil)

 

 

—

 

 

(13

)

 

—

 

 

(13

)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(13

)

 

Total other comprehensive income

 

 

—

 

 

(245

)

 

(1,073

)

 

(1,318

)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(1,318

)

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

—

 

 

(245

)

 

(556

)

 

(801

)

 

215

 

 

49

 

 

(537

)

 

Transactions with owners

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(789

)

 

(789

)

 

—

 

 

(47

)

 

(836

)

 

Distributions on other equity instruments

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(215

)

 

—

 

 

(215

)

 

Issue of ordinary shares

 

 

17

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

17

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

17

 

 

Share buyback

 

 

(76

)

 

76

 

 

(216

)

 

(216

)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(216

)

 

Issue of other equity instruments

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(2

)

 

(2

)

 

500

 

 

—

 

 

498

 

 

Movement in treasury shares

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(74

)

 

(74

)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(74

)

 

Value of employee services:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share option schemes

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

37

 

 

37

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

37

 

 

Other employee award schemes

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

77

 

 

77

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

77

 

 

Total transactions with owners

 

 

(59

)

 

76

 

 

(967

)

 

(950

)

 

285

 

 

(47

)

 

(712

)

 

Realised gains and losses on equity shares held at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2019

 

 

24,756

 

 

13,695

 

 

3,246

 

 

41,697

 

 

5,906

 

 

203

 

 

47,806

 

 

 

52


 

CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

Half-year to

 

Half-year to

 

Half-year to

 

 

 

30 June

 

30 June

 

31 Dec

 

 

 

2020

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Loss) profit before tax

 

(602

)

2,897

 

1,496

 

Adjustments for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in operating assets

 

(14,306

)

(16,318

)

5,269

 

Change in operating liabilities

 

41,412

 

15,630

 

(11,988

)

Non-cash and other items

 

2,125

 

10,060

 

5,513

 

Tax paid

 

(726

)

(557

)

(721

)

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

27,903

 

11,712

 

(431

)

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of financial assets

 

(7,115

)

(8,618

)

(1,112

)

Proceeds from sale and maturity of financial assets

 

5,239

 

6,574

 

3,057

 

Purchase of fixed assets

 

(1,314

)

(1,866

)

(1,576

)

Proceeds from sale of fixed assets

 

440

 

676

 

756

 

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

 

(10

)

(6

)

(15

)

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

(2,760

)

(3,240

)

1,110

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends paid to ordinary shareholders

 

—

 

(1,523

)

(789

)

Distributions on other equity instruments

 

(234

)

(251

)

(215

)

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

 

—

 

(91

)

(47

)

Interest paid on subordinated liabilities

 

(682

)

(666

)

(512

)

Proceeds from issue of subordinated liabilities

 

280

 

—

 

—

 

Proceeds from issue of other equity instruments

 

—

 

395

 

498

 

Proceeds from issue of ordinary shares

 

133

 

20

 

16

 

Share buyback

 

—

 

(694

)

(401

)

Repayment of subordinated liabilities

 

(1,769

)

(515

)

(303

)

Redemption of other equity instruments

 

—

 

(1,481

)

—

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

(2,272

)

(4,806

)

(1,753

)

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

4

 

—

 

(5

)

Change in cash and cash equivalents

 

22,875

 

3,666

 

(1,079

)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

57,811

 

55,224

 

58,890

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

80,686

 

58,890

 

57,811

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash and balances at central banks (excluding mandatory deposits) and amounts due from banks with a maturity of less than three months. Included within cash and cash equivalents at 30 June 2020 is £55 million (30 June 2019: £29 million; 31 December 2019: £49 million) held within the Group’s life funds, which is not immediately available for use in the business.

 

53


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1.                            Accounting policies, presentation and estimates

 

These condensed consolidated interim financial statements as at and for the period to 30 June 2020 have been prepared in accordance with the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) and with International Accounting Standard 34 (IAS 34), Interim Financial Reporting and comprise the results of Lloyds Banking Group plc (the Company) together with its subsidiaries (the Group). They do not include all of the information required for full annual financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the Group’s consolidated financial statements as at and for the year ended 31 December 2019 which were prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Copies of the 2019 Annual Report on Form 20-F are available on the Group’s website.

 

The UK Finance Code for Financial Reporting Disclosure (the Disclosure Code) sets out disclosure principles together with supporting guidance in respect of the financial statements of UK banks. The Group has adopted the Disclosure Code and these condensed consolidated half-year financial statements have been prepared in compliance with the Disclosure Code’s principles. Terminology used in these condensed consolidated half-year financial statements is consistent with that used in the Group’s 2019 Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

The directors consider that it is appropriate to continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the condensed consolidated interim financial statements. In reaching this assessment, the directors have considered the implications of the COVID-19 pandemic upon the Group’s performance and projected funding and capital position and also taken into account the impact of further stress scenarios. On this basis, the directors are satisfied that the Group will maintain adequate levels of funding and capital for the foreseeable future.

 

The accounting policies are consistent with those applied by the Group in its 2019 Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

Future accounting developments

 

Details of those IFRS pronouncements which will be relevant to the Group but which will not be effective at 31 December 2020 and which have not been applied in preparing these financial statements are set out in note 18.

 

Related party transactions

 

The Group has had no material or unusual related party transactions during the six months to 30 June 2020. Related party transactions for the six months to 30 June 2020 are similar in nature to those for the year ended 31 December 2019. Full details of the Group’s related party transactions for the year to 31 December 2019 can be found in the Group’s 2019 Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

 

The preparation of the Group’s financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that impact the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Due to the inherent uncertainty in making estimates, actual results reported in future periods may include amounts which differ from those estimates. Estimates, judgements and assumptions are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The Group’s significant judgements, estimates and assumptions are unchanged compared to those applied at 31 December 2019, except as detailed below.

 

Allowance for impairment losses

 

At 30 June 2020 the Group’s expected credit loss allowance (ECL) was £6,541 million (31 December 2019: £3,455 million), of which £6,040 million (31 December 2019: £3,278 million) was in respect of drawn balances. The calculation of the Group’s ECL allowances and its provisions against loan commitments and guarantees under IFRS 9 requires the Group to make a number of judgements, assumptions and estimates.

 

54


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

1.                            Accounting policies, presentation and estimates (continued)

 

Forward-looking information

 

The measurement of expected credit losses is required to reflect an unbiased probability-weighted range of possible future outcomes. In order to do this, the Group has developed an economic model to project a wide range of key impairment drivers using information derived mainly from external sources. These drivers include factors such as the unemployment rate, the house price index, commercial property prices and corporate credit spreads. The model-generated economic scenarios for the six years beyond 2020 are mapped to industry-wide historical loss data by portfolio. Combined losses across portfolios are used to rank the scenarios by severity of loss.

 

Alongside a defined central economic scenario, reflecting the Group’s base case assumptions used for medium-term planning purposes, three further economic scenarios are generated to represent the range of future outcomes. The upside, downside and severe downside scenarios are produced by averaging across a group of constituent scenarios around the 15th, 75th and 95th percentiles of the estimated loss distribution around the central case, with the central case expected to lie in the vicinity of the 45th percentile. These locations correspond to scenario weightings that allow for the inclusion of a relatively unlikely severe downside scenario associated with relatively large credit losses. At 31 December 2019 and 30 June 2020, the base case, upside and downside scenarios each carry a 30 per cent weighting, while the severe downside scenario is weighted at 10 per cent. The weights reflect the location of the economic scenarios on the estimated loss distribution.

 

Following review of the severe downside scenario generated by the modelled approach described above, a judgement was made to increase the severity of GDP and unemployment dispersion from the base case. Whilst the modelled approach gives an unbiased method of creating a loss distribution, it is built on historic experience that does not yet fully capture the unprecedented complexities of the current economic environment and the risk of inflated near-term shocks. The impact of this change has been reflected as a central overlay to reflect the incremental ECL estimated outside the core ECL calculation process. The following economic assumptions include both the modelled severe scenario — used in portfolio level ECL and staging assessment, and the adjusted severe downside - used to generate the final ECL through a central overlay in recognition of more adverse economic outcomes.

 

The key UK economic assumptions made by the Group are shown below. Compounded growth rates have been calculated on a geometric average basis, they were previously calculated on an arithmetic average basis:

 

Impact of economic assumptions

 

 

 

Base case

 

Upside

 

Downside

 

Modelled
severe

 

Adjusted
severe

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 30 June 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GDP

 

0.4

 

0.8

 

0.3

 

(0.4

)

(0.8

)

Interest rate

 

0.15

 

1.06

 

0.16

 

0.03

 

0.03

 

Unemployment rate

 

6.0

 

5.5

 

7.1

 

8.1

 

8.8

 

House price growth

 

0.4

 

4.7

 

(4.8

)

(9.6

)

(9.6

)

Commercial real estate price growth

 

(0.6

)

2.7

 

(3.5

)

(8.0

)

(8.0

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GDP

 

1.4

 

1.7

 

1.2

 

0.5

 

n/a

 

Interest rate

 

1.25

 

2.04

 

0.49

 

0.11

 

n/a

 

Unemployment rate

 

4.3

 

3.9

 

5.8

 

7.2

 

n/a

 

House price growth

 

1.0

 

4.8

 

(3.2

)

(7.7

)

n/a

 

Commercial real estate price growth

 

0.0

 

1.8

 

(3.8

)

(7.1

)

n/a

 

 

55


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

1.                            Accounting policies, presentation and estimates (continued)

 

The five year averages shown do not demonstrate the extent of peaks and troughs in the stated assumptions over the period. The tables below illustrate the variability of the assumptions from the start of the scenario period to the peak and trough.

 

Economic assumptions — start to peak

 

 

 

Base case

 

Upside

 

Downside

 

Modelled
severe

 

Adjusted
severe

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 30 June 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GDP

 

1.9

 

4.0

 

1.7

 

(1.8

)

(2.0

)

Interest rate

 

0.25

 

1.50

 

0.21

 

0.10

 

0.10

 

Unemployment rate

 

9.0

 

8.6

 

9.2

 

9.7

 

12.5

 

House price growth

 

2.1

 

25.8

 

0.4

 

0.4

 

0.4

 

Commercial real estate price growth

 

(2.7

)

14.8

 

(2.7

)

(2.7

)

(2.7

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GDP

 

7.0

 

8.6

 

6.2

 

2.7

 

n/a

 

Interest rate

 

1.75

 

2.56

 

0.75

 

0.75

 

n/a

 

Unemployment rate

 

4.6

 

4.6

 

6.9

 

8.3

 

n/a

 

House price growth

 

5.2

 

26.3

 

(1.9

)

(2.3

)

n/a

 

Commercial real estate price growth

 

0.1

 

10.4

 

(0.6

)

(1.1

)

n/a

 

 

Economic assumptions — start to trough

 

 

 

Base case

 

Upside

 

Downside

 

Modelled
severe

 

Adjusted
severe

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 30 June 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GDP

 

(19.7

)

(19.5

)

(19.8

)

(20.2

)

(26.1

)

Interest rate

 

0.10

 

0.10

 

0.08

 

0.01

 

0.01

 

Unemployment rate

 

3.9

 

3.9

 

3.9

 

3.9

 

3.9

 

House price growth

 

(6.1

)

(3.8

)

(21.6

)

(39.7

)

(39.7

)

Commercial real estate price growth

 

(20.0

)

(11.5

)

(27.2

)

(42.3

)

(42.3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GDP

 

0.4

 

0.7

 

0.2

 

(2.7

)

n/a

 

Interest rate

 

0.75

 

0.75

 

0.35

 

0.01

 

n/a

 

Unemployment rate

 

3.8

 

3.4

 

3.9

 

3.9

 

n/a

 

House price growth

 

(2.7

)

(0.8

)

(14.8

)

(33.1

)

n/a

 

Commercial real estate price growth

 

(0.9

)

0.3

 

(17.5

)

(30.9

)

n/a

 

 

The Group’s base case economic scenario has been materially revised in light of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic in the UK and globally. The estimated impacts reflect judgments on the net effect of restrictions on economic activity unprecedented in peacetime, large-scale and previously untried government interventions, and lasting behavioural changes by households and businesses.

 

Although the UK economy has begun to recover as restrictions are eased, there is considerable uncertainty about the pace and eventual extent of the recovery. The Group’s base case assumptions reflect an expectation of some enduring scarring as the economy works through the sharp contraction in economic activity in 2020. Consistent with this, and despite the support provided by the UK Government’s Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme and other income and lending assistance, the base case outlook entails a rise in the unemployment rate and weakness in residential and commercial property prices. The Group considers that risks to its base case economic view lie in both directions, reflecting both epidemiological and other developments, including vis-à-vis the UK’s transition to new trading arrangements with the European Union.

 

56


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

1.                            Accounting policies, presentation and estimates (continued)

 

Scenarios by year

 

 

 

2020

 

2021

 

2022

 

2020-22

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Base Case

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GDP

 

(10.0

)

6.0

 

3.0

 

(1.8

)

Interest rate

 

0.10

 

0.10

 

0.10

 

0.10

 

Unemployment rate

 

7.2

 

7.0

 

5.7

 

6.7

 

House price growth

 

(6.0

)

(0.1

)

2.9

 

(3.3

)

Commercial real estate price growth

 

(20.0

)

10.0

 

4.0

 

(8.5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Upside

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GDP

 

(9.5

)

7.5

 

3.1

 

0.3

 

Interest rate

 

0.21

 

1.15

 

1.42

 

0.92

 

Unemployment rate

 

7.1

 

6.2

 

4.9

 

6.1

 

House price growth

 

(3.7

)

5.0

 

9.0

 

10.2

 

Commercial real estate price growth

 

(8.4

)

18.6

 

3.4

 

12.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Downside

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GDP

 

(10.2

)

5.8

 

3.1

 

(2.0

)

Interest rate

 

0.09

 

0.12

 

0.19

 

0.13

 

Unemployment rate

 

7.3

 

7.7

 

6.8

 

7.3

 

House price growth

 

(8.0

)

(6.1

)

(4.5

)

(17.5

)

Commercial real estate price growth

 

(27.2

)

4.0

 

2.9

 

(22.1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severe downside - Modelled

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GDP

 

(10.9

)

3.0

 

2.2

 

(6.2

)

Interest rate

 

0.06

 

0.01

 

0.02

 

0.03

 

Unemployment rate

 

7.5

 

8.9

 

8.4

 

8.3

 

House price growth

 

(9.5

)

(11.5

)

(11.7

)

(29.2

)

Commercial real estate price growth

 

(36.2

)

(7.8

)

(1.4

)

(41.9

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severe downside - Adjusted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GDP

 

(17.2

)

4.1

 

5.2

 

(9.4

)

Interest rate

 

0.06

 

0.01

 

0.02

 

0.03

 

Unemployment rate

 

8.0

 

11.6

 

9.2

 

9.6

 

House price growth

 

(9.5

)

(11.5

)

(11.7

)

(29.2

)

Commercial real estate price growth

 

(36.2

)

(7.8

)

(1.4

)

(41.9

)

 

Base Case Scenario by Quarter

 

 

 

2020
Q1

 

2020
Q2

 

2020
Q3

 

2020
Q4

 

2021
Q1

 

2021
Q2

 

2021
Q3

 

2021
Q4

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Base Case

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GDP

 

(1.6

)

(19.3

)

(10.9

)

(8.1

)

(4.7

)

18.1

 

7.7

 

5.1

 

Interest rate

 

0.10

 

0.10

 

0.10

 

0.10

 

0.10

 

0.10

 

0.10

 

0.10

 

Unemployment rate

 

3.9

 

7.5

 

8.5

 

9.0

 

8.0

 

7.4

 

6.6

 

6.2

 

House price growth

 

2.8

 

0.9

 

(2.4

)

(6.0

)

(6.3

)

(4.0

)

(1.1

)

(0.1

)

Commercial real estate price growth

 

(5.0

)

(12.3

)

(19.9

)

(20.0

)

(14.4

)

(3.7

)

7.7

 

10.0

 

 

57


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

1.                            Accounting policies, presentation and estimates (continued)

 

Impact of multiple economic scenarios

 

The following table shows the extent to which a higher ECL allowance has been recognised to take account of forward-looking information from the weighted multiple economic scenarios (MES). The Group’s probability-weighted ECL allowance continues to reflect a 30 per cent weighting of base case, upside and downside and a 10 per cent weighting of adjusted severe downside. The majority of post-model adjustments and all individually assessed provisions, although assessed on a range of multiple case specific outcomes, are reported flat under each economic scenario. At 30 June 2020 the impact of MES was an increase of £510 million to the base case (31 December 2019: £191 million).

 

 

 

Probability-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severe

 

 

 

weighted

 

Upside

 

Base case

 

Downside

 

downside

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UK Mortgages

 

1,111

 

773

 

929

 

1,264

 

2,214

 

Other Retail

 

2,404

 

2,208

 

2,383

 

2,510

 

2,741

 

Commercial Banking

 

2,763

 

2,416

 

2,656

 

2,954

 

3,553

 

Other

 

263

 

63

 

63

 

64

 

2,064

 

At 30 June 2020

 

6,541

 

5,460

 

6,031

 

6,792

 

10,572

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UK Mortgages

 

569

 

317

 

464

 

653

 

1,389

 

Other Retail

 

1,521

 

1,443

 

1,492

 

1,564

 

1,712

 

Commercial Banking

 

1,315

 

1,211

 

1,258

 

1,382

 

1,597

 

Other

 

50

 

50

 

50

 

50

 

50

 

At 31 December 2019

 

3,455

 

3,021

 

3,264

 

3,649

 

4,748

 

 

Sensitivity of ECL to key economic variables

 

The table below shows the impact on the Group’s ECL resulting from a decrease/increase in loss given default for a 10 percentage point (pp) increase/decrease in the UK House Price Index (HPI). The increase/decrease is presented based on the adjustment phased evenly over the first ten quarters of the base case scenario.

 

 

 

At 30 June 2020

 

At 31 December 2019

 

 

 

10pp increase
in HPI

 

10 pp decrease
in HPI

 

10pp increase
in HPI

 

10 pp decrease
in HPI

 

ECL impact, £m

 

(149

)

185

 

(110

)

147

 

 

The table below shows the impact on the Group’s ECL resulting from a decrease/increase for a 1 percentage point (pp) increase/decrease in the UK unemployment rate. The increase/decrease is presented based on the adjustment phased evenly over the first ten quarters of the base case scenario.

 

 

 

At 30 June 2020

 

At 31 December 2019

 

 

 

1pp increase in
unemployment

 

1pp decrease in
unemployment

 

1pp increase in
unemployment

 

1 pp decrease in
unemployment

 

ECL impact, £m

 

294

 

(276

)

141

 

(143

)

 

58


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

1.                            Accounting policies, presentation and estimates (continued)

 

Post-model adjustments

 

Limitations in the Group’s impairment models or input data may be identified through the on-going assessment and validation of the output of the models. In these circumstances, management make appropriate adjustments to the Group’s allowance for impairment losses to ensure the overall provision adequately reflects all material risks. These adjustments are generally determined taking into account the particular attributes of the exposure which have not been adequately captured by the primary impairment models. At 30 June 2020 the incorporation of the changes in the economic outlook required an additional £636 million of post model adjustments; other adjustments increased to £346 million from £161 million at 31 December 2019.

 

 

 

Modelled
ECL

 

Economic
outlook
post-model
adjustments

 

Other
post-model
adjustments

 

Total ECL

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UK Mortgages

 

803

 

50

 

258

 

1,111

 

Other Retail

 

2,008

 

358

 

38

 

2,404

 

Commercial Banking

 

2,685

 

28

 

50

 

2,763

 

Other

 

63

 

200

 

—

 

263

 

At 30 June 2020

 

5,559

 

636

 

346

 

6,541

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December 2019

 

3,294

 

—

 

161

 

3,455

 

 

Post-model adjustments amounting to £636 million have been made to incorporate aspects of the updated economic outlook that have not been adequately captured by the models including adjustments to losses given default.  The adjusted severe downside scenario has also been incorporated using a post model adjustment.

 

At 30 June 2020, other post-model adjustments amounted to £346 million of which £258 million relates to UK Mortgages. This comprises increases for the additional end of term risk on interest-only mortgages of £171 million (31 December 2019: £132 million); accounts in long-term default of £34 million (31 December 2019: £33 million); additional risk on forborne accounts, £21 million, and adjustments to possession rate levels, £32 million. In Other Retail post-model adjustments reflect the extension of modelled lifetime on revolving products of £38 million (31 December 2019: £36 million). All post-model adjustments are reviewed at least half-yearly and are subject to strict internal governance and controls.

 

Significant increase in credit risk

 

An assessment of whether credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition considers the change in the risk of default occurring over the remaining expected life of the financial instrument. In determining whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk, the Group uses quantitative tests based on relative and absolute probability of default movements linked to internal credit ratings together with qualitative indicators such as watchlists and other indicators of historical delinquency, credit weakness or financial difficulty. These quantitative tests are carried out on both observed and forward-looking probabilities of default (PDs) to determine whether a customer has triggered the required deterioration appropriate for their PD at origination. For each major product grouping, models have been developed which utilise historical credit loss data to produce probabilities of default for each scenario; and it is the overall weighted-average forward-looking PD that is used to assist in determining the staging of financial assets.

 

59


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

1.                            Accounting policies, presentation and estimates (continued)

 

There have been no changes to the quantitative or qualitative triggers used at 30 June 2020. The Group considers these to continue to perform adequately under the current economic conditions and notably with the widespread use of payment holidays. The use of a payment holiday in itself has not been judged to indicate a significant increase in credit risk, with the underlying long-term credit risk deemed to be driven by economic conditions and captured through the use of forward-looking models. These portfolio level models are capturing the anticipated volume of increased defaults and therefore an appropriate assessment of staging and expected credit loss.

 

Definition of default

 

The probability of default (PD) of an exposure, both over a 12 month period and over its lifetime, is a key input to the measurement of the ECL allowance. Default has occurred when there is evidence that the customer is experiencing significant financial difficulty which is likely to affect the ability to repay amounts due. The Group uses a 90 day past due backstop for all of its products except for UK mortgages wherein a backstop of 180 days past due is in place. The use of payment holidays is not considered to be an automatic trigger of regulatory default and therefore does not automatically trigger Stage 3. Days past due will also not accumulate on any accounts that have taken a payment holiday including those already past due.

 

Loss given default

 

The calculation of the ECL allowance also requires an estimate to be made of the loss that will be incurred in the event of a default. The loss given default (LGD) is based on market recovery rates and internal credit assessments. The LGD for customers utilising government funding schemes incorporates an appropriate level of recovery dependent upon the individual scheme and corresponding level of guarantee being used. The use of forecast collateral value indices in determining LGDs continues to be effective despite the temporarily low volumes of transactions upon which those indices are based.

 

Financial instrument valuations

 

The Group categorises financial instruments carried on the balance sheet at fair value using a three level hierarchy. Financial instruments categorised as level 1 are valued using quoted market prices and therefore minimal estimates are made in determining fair value. The fair value of financial instruments categorised as level 2 and, in particular, level 3 is determined using valuation techniques which involve management judgement and estimates the extent of which depends on the complexity of the instrument and the availability of market observable information. The COVID-19 pandemic has had a significant impact on a number of the businesses in which the Group’s private equity business has an interest and, as a result, the Group has reduced the fair value of its investments in those businesses in the first half of 2020. These valuations are classified as level 3 and are based on earnings multiples; significant judgement is required in estimating both the relevant earnings and the multiple to be applied.

 

The principal judgements made by the Group in determining the fair value of its other financial assets and liabilities classified as level 3 are primarily related to interest rate spreads and interest rate volatility. Further details on the valuation of level 3 assets and liabilities, including significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation models, together with the effects of reasonably possible alternative assumptions, are given in note 16.

 

60


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

2.                           Segmental analysis

 

Lloyds Banking Group provides a wide range of banking and financial services in the UK and in certain locations overseas. The Group Executive Committee (GEC) remains the chief operating decision maker for the Group.

 

The segmental results and comparatives are presented on an underlying basis, the basis reviewed by the chief operating decision maker. The effects of certain asset sales, volatile items, the insurance grossing adjustment, liability management, restructuring, payment protection insurance provisions, the amortisation of purchased intangible assets and the unwind of acquisition-related fair value adjustments are excluded in arriving at underlying profit.

 

During the half-year to 30 June 2020, the Group migrated certain customer relationships from the SME business within Commercial Banking to Business Banking within Retail; the Group has also revised its approach to internal funding charges, including the adoption of the Sterling Overnight Index Average (SONIA) interest rate benchmark in place of LIBOR. Comparatives have been restated accordingly.

 

The Group’s activities are organised into three financial reporting segments: Retail; Commercial Banking; and Insurance and Wealth. There has been no change to the descriptions of these segments as provided in note 4 to the Group’s financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2019, neither has there been any change to the Group’s segmental accounting for internal segment services or derivatives entered into by units for risk management purposes since 31 December 2019.

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

income,

 

income,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

net of

 

net of

 

Profit

 

 

 

Inter-

 

 

 

interest

 

insurance

 

insurance

 

(loss)

 

External

 

segment

 

Half-year to 30 June 2020

 

income

 

claims

 

claims

 

before tax

 

revenue

 

revenue

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying basis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail

 

4,233

 

919

 

5,152

 

212

 

6,027

 

(875

)

Commercial Banking

 

1,222

 

658

 

1,880

 

(668

)

1,633

 

247 

 

Insurance and Wealth

 

14

 

853

 

867

 

379

 

857

 

10

 

Other

 

9

 

31

 

40

 

(204

)

(578

)

618

 

Group

 

5,478 

 

2,461

 

7,939

 

(281

)

7,939

 

—

 

Reconciling items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance grossing adjustment

 

1,132

 

(1,018

)

114

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

Market volatility and asset sales

 

52

 

(75

)

(23

)

(43

)

 

 

 

 

Amortisation of purchased intangibles

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

(34

)

 

 

 

 

Restructuring costs

 

—

 

(37

)

(37

)

(133

)

 

 

 

 

Fair value unwind and other items

 

(106

)

8

 

(98

)

(111

)

 

 

 

 

Group — statutory

 

6,556

 

1,339

 

7,895

 

(602

)

 

 

 

 

 

61


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

2.                           Segmental analysis (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

income,

 

income,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

net of

 

net of

 

Profit

 

 

 

Inter-

 

 

 

interest

 

insurance

 

insurance

 

(loss)

 

External

 

segment

 

Half-year to 30 June 2019(1)

 

income

 

claims

 

claims

 

before tax

 

revenue

 

revenue

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying basis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail

 

4,561

 

1,009

 

5,570

 

2,177

 

6,514

 

(944

)

Commercial Banking

 

1,449

 

731

 

2,180

 

982

 

1,861

 

319

 

Insurance and Wealth

 

40

 

1,183

 

1,223

 

659

 

1,152

 

71

 

Other

 

95

 

227

 

322

 

376

 

(232

)

554

 

Group

 

6,145

 

3,150

 

9,295

 

4,194

 

9,295

 

—

 

Reconciling items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance grossing adjustment

 

(1,303

)

1,418

 

115

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

Market volatility and asset sales

 

(87

)

(22

)

(109

)

(296

)

 

 

 

 

Amortisation of purchased intangibles

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

(34

)

 

 

 

 

Restructuring costs

 

—

 

(48

)

(48

)

(182

)

 

 

 

 

Fair value unwind and other items

 

(116

)

(6

)

(122

)

(135

)

 

 

 

 

Payment protection insurance provision

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

(650

)

 

 

 

 

Group — statutory

 

4,639

 

4,492

 

9,131

 

2,897

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)         Restated, see page 61.

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

income,

 

income,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

net of

 

net of

 

Profit

 

 

 

Inter-

 

 

 

interest

 

insurance

 

insurance

 

(loss)

 

External

 

segment

 

Half-year to 31 December 2019(1)

 

income

 

claims

 

claims

 

before tax

 

revenue

 

revenue

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying basis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail

 

4,623

 

1,010

 

5,633

 

2,036

 

6,622

 

(989

)

Commercial Banking

 

1,443

 

686

 

2,129

 

772

 

1,647

 

482

 

Insurance and Wealth

 

37

 

838

 

875

 

407

 

774

 

101

 

Other

 

129

 

48

 

177

 

122

 

(229

)

406

 

Group

 

6,232

 

2,582

 

8,814

 

3,337

 

8,814

 

—

 

Reconciling items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance grossing adjustment

 

(515

)

603

 

88

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

Market volatility and asset sales

 

(63

)

551

 

488

 

422

 

 

 

 

 

Amortisation of purchased intangibles

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

(34

)

 

 

 

 

Restructuring costs

 

—

 

(40

)

(40

)

(289

)

 

 

 

 

Fair value unwind and other items

 

(113

)

(9

)

(122

)

(140

)

 

 

 

 

Payment protection insurance provision

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

(1,800

)

 

 

 

 

Group — statutory

 

5,541

 

3,687

 

9,228

 

1,496

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)         Restated, see page 61.

 

62


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

2.                           Segmental analysis (continued)

 

 

 

Segment external

 

Segment customer

 

Segment external

 

 

 

assets

 

deposits

 

liabilities

 

 

 

At 30 June

 

At 31 Dec

 

At 30 June

 

At 31 Dec

 

At 30 June

 

At 31 Dec

 

 

 

2020

 

2019(1)

 

2020

 

2019(1)

 

2020

 

2019(1)

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail

 

349,035

 

350,850

 

272,217

 

253,128

 

278,964

 

261,036

 

Commercial Banking

 

153,759

 

144,795

 

154,481

 

144,050

 

198,407

 

182,318

 

Insurance and Wealth

 

171,639

 

175,869

 

13,511

 

13,677

 

178,562

 

182,333

 

Other

 

198,561

 

162,379

 

13,237

 

10,465

 

168,199

 

160,400

 

Total Group

 

872,994

 

833,893

 

453,446

 

421,320

 

824,132

 

786,087

 

 


(1)         Restated, see page 61.

 

3.                           Net fee and commission income

 

 

 

Half-year to

 

Half-year to

 

Half-year to

 

 

 

30 June

 

30 June

 

31 Dec

 

 

 

2020

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fee and commission income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current accounts

 

307

 

325

 

334

 

Credit and debit card fees

 

350

 

469

 

513

 

Commercial banking and treasury fees

 

120

 

138

 

110

 

Unit trust and insurance broking

 

66

 

114

 

92

 

Private banking and asset management

 

3

 

46

 

23

 

Factoring

 

42

 

53

 

50

 

Other

 

233

 

283

 

206

 

Total fee and commission income

 

1,121

 

1,428

 

1,328

 

Fee and commission expense

 

(558

)

(694

)

(656

)

Net fee and commission income

 

563

 

734

 

672

 

 

Current account and credit and debit card fees principally arise in Retail; commercial banking, treasury and factoring fees arise in Commercial Banking; and private banking, unit trust, insurance broking and asset management fees arise in Insurance and Wealth.

 

63


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

4.                            Operating expenses

 

 

 

Half-year to

 

Half-year to

 

Half-year to

 

 

 

30 June

 

30 June

 

31 Dec

 

 

 

2020

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Administrative expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and social security costs

 

1,493

 

1,627

 

1,617

 

Pensions and other post-retirement benefit schemes (note 13)

 

272

 

280

 

252

 

Restructuring and other staff costs

 

129

 

250

 

225

 

 

 

1,894

 

2,157

 

2,094

 

Premises and equipment

 

237

 

242

 

249

 

Other expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IT, data processing and communications

 

474

 

535

 

503

 

UK bank levy

 

—

 

—

 

224

 

Operations, marketing and other

 

488

 

626

 

485

 

 

 

962

 

1,161

 

1,212

 

 

 

3,093

 

3,560

 

3,555

 

Depreciation and amortisation

 

1,398

 

1,302

 

1,358

 

Total operating expenses, excluding regulatory provisions

 

4,491

 

4,862

 

4,913

 

Regulatory provisions (note 14):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payment protection insurance provision

 

—

 

650

 

1,800

 

Other regulatory provisions

 

177

 

143

 

302

 

 

 

177

 

793

 

2,102

 

Total operating expenses

 

4,668

 

5,655

 

7,015

 

 

64


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

5.                            Impairment

 

 

 

Half-year to

 

Half-year to

 

 

Half-year to

 

 

 

30 June

 

30 June

 

 

31 Dec

 

 

 

2020

 

2019

 

 

2019

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impact of transfers between stages

 

1,263

 

379

 

 

225

 

Other changes in credit quality

 

2,111

 

223

 

 

575

 

Additions (repayments)

 

211

 

(64

)

 

(52

)

Methodology, model and assumption changes

 

44

 

43

 

 

(29

)

Other items

 

200

 

(2

)

 

(2

)

 

 

2,566

 

200

 

 

492

 

Total impairment charge

 

3,829

 

579

 

 

717

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In respect of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to banks

 

21

 

1

 

 

(1

)

Loans and advances to customers

 

3,464

 

598

 

 

709

 

Debt securities

 

1

 

—

 

 

—

 

Financial assets at amortised cost

 

3,486

 

599

 

 

708

 

Other assets

 

13

 

—

 

 

5

 

Impairment charge on drawn balances

 

3,499

 

599

 

 

713

 

Loan commitments and financial guarantees

 

324

 

(19

)

 

4

 

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

6

 

(1

)

 

—

 

Total impairment charge

 

3,829

 

579

 

 

717

 

 

The impairment charge includes £21 million (half-year to 30 June 2019: £90 million; half-year to 31 December 2019: £44 million) in respect of residual value impairment and voluntary terminations within the Group’s UK motor finance business.

 

The Group’s impairment charge comprises the following:

 

Impact of transfers between stages

 

The net impact on the impairment charge of transfers between stages.

 

Other changes in credit quality

 

Changes in loss allowance as a result of movements in risk parameters that reflect changes in customer credit quality, but which have not resulted in a transfer to a different stage. This also contains the impact on the impairment charge of write-offs and recoveries, where the related loss allowances are reassessed to reflect ultimate realisable or recoverable value.

 

Additions (repayments)

 

Expected loss allowances are recognised on origination of new loans or further drawdowns of existing facilities. Repayments relate to the reduction of loss allowances as a result of repayments of outstanding balances.

 

Methodology, model and assumption changes

 

Increase or decrease in impairment charge as a result of adjustments to the models used for expected credit loss calculations; either as changes to the model inputs or to the underlying assumptions, as well as the impact of changing the models used.

 

Other items

 

In the half-year to 30 June 2020 this includes a central adjustment of £200 million to reflect the adjusted severe downside economic scenario (note 1).

 

65


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

6.                            Taxation

 

In accordance with IAS 34, the Group’s income tax expense for the half-year to 30 June 2020 is based on the best estimate of the weighted-average annual income tax rate expected for the full financial year. The tax effects of one-off items are not included in the weighted-average annual income tax rate, but are recognised in the relevant period.

 

An explanation of the relationship between tax expense and accounting profit is set out below:

 

 

 

Half-year to

 

Half-year to

 

Half-year to

 

 

 

30 June

 

30 June

 

31 Dec

 

 

 

2020

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Loss) profit before tax

 

(602

)

2,897

 

1,496

 

UK corporation tax thereon at 19 per cent (2019:19 per cent)

 

114 

 

(550

)

(285

)

Impact of surcharge on banking profits

 

44 

 

(221

)

(143

)

Non-deductible costs: conduct charges

 

(11

)

(103

)

(267

)

Non-deductible costs: bank levy

 

—

 

—

 

(43

)

Other non-deductible costs

 

(40

)

(39

)

(82

)

Non-taxable income

 

76 

 

45

 

(5

)

Tax relief on coupons on other equity instruments

 

44 

 

47

 

42

 

Tax-exempt gains on disposals

 

3 

 

10

 

92

 

Tax losses where no deferred tax recognised

 

(1

)

12

 

6

 

Remeasurement of deferred tax due to rate changes

 

354 

 

14

 

(20

)

Differences in overseas tax rates

 

13 

 

(15

)

1

 

Policyholder tax

 

(23

)

(38

)

(29

)

Policyholder deferred tax asset in respect of life assurance expenses

 

—

 

—

 

(53

)

Adjustments in respect of prior years

 

48 

 

166

 

71

 

Tax credit (expense)

 

621 

 

(672

)

(715

)

 

On 29 October 2018 the UK Government announced its intention to restrict the use of capital tax losses to 50 per cent of any future gains that arise. This restriction was substantively enacted on 2 July 2020 and will reduce the Group’s net deferred tax asset by £58 million in the second half of the year, with £44 million to be recognised within the Group’s tax expense and £14 million within other comprehensive income.

 

7.                            Earnings per share

 

 

 

Half-year to

 

Half-year to

 

Half-year to

 

 

 

30 June

 

30 June

 

31 Dec

 

 

 

2020

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Loss) profit attributable to ordinary shareholders — basic and diluted (£m)

 

(234

)

1,942

 

517 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue — basic (m)

 

70,434

 

71,053

 

70,160 

 

Adjustment for share options and awards (m)

 

—

 

663

 

701 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue — diluted (m)

 

70,434

 

71,716

 

70,861 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic (loss) earnings per share

 

(0.3

)p

2.7

p

0.8

p

Diluted (loss) earnings per share

 

(0.3

)p

2.7

p

0.7

p

 

66


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

8.                            Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

 

 

 

At 30 June

 

At 31 Dec

 

 

 

2020

 

2019

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading assets

 

19,535

 

17,982

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss:

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury and other bills

 

20

 

19

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

11,002

 

10,654

 

Loans and advances to banks

 

3,933

 

1,886

 

Debt securities

 

38,300

 

33,859

 

Equity shares

 

84,323

 

95,789

 

 

 

137,578

 

142,207

 

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

 

157,113

 

160,189

 

 

Included in the above is £132,250 million (31 December 2019: £136,855 million) of assets relating to the insurance businesses.

 

9.                            Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

At 30 June 2020

 

At 31 December 2019

 

 

 

Fair value

 

Fair value

 

Fair value

 

Fair value

 

 

 

of assets

 

of liabilities

 

of assets

 

of liabilities

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hedging

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives designated as fair value hedges

 

982

 

241

 

806

 

229

 

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges

 

587

 

860

 

430

 

876

 

 

 

1,569

 

1,101

 

1,236

 

1,105

 

Trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exchange rate contracts

 

6,426

 

5,280

 

4,990

 

6,540

 

Interest rate contracts

 

24,359

 

21,418

 

19,810

 

17,464

 

Credit derivatives

 

52

 

77

 

83

 

167

 

Equity and other contracts

 

572

 

755

 

250

 

503

 

 

 

31,409

 

27,530

 

25,133

 

24,674

 

Total recognised derivative assets/liabilities

 

32,978

 

28,631

 

26,369

 

25,779

 

 

67


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

10.                     Financial assets at amortised cost

 

Half-year to 30 June 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

originated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

credit-

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stage 1 

 

 

Stage 2

 

 

Stage 3

 

 

impaired

 

 

Total

 

 

 

£m 

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January 2020

 

9,777 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

9,777 

 

Exchange and other adjustments

 

368 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

368

 

Transfers to Stage 2

 

(43

)

 

43

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Additions (repayments)

 

1,078

 

 

1

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

1,079

 

At 30 June 2020

 

11,180

 

 

44

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

11,224

 

Allowance for impairment losses

 

(21

)

 

(1

)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(22

)

Total loans and advances to banks

 

11,159

 

 

43

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

11,202

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January 2020

 

449,975 

 

 

28,543 

 

 

6,015 

 

 

13,714 

 

 

498,247 

 

 

Exchange and other adjustments

 

2,735

 

 

27

 

 

4

 

 

(54

)

 

2,712

 

 

Additions (repayments)

 

8,247

 

 

417

 

 

(836

)

 

(593

)

 

7,235

 

 

Transfers to Stage 1

 

3,154

 

 

(3,145

)

 

(9

)

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

Transfers to Stage 2

 

(33,522

)

 

33,866

 

 

(344

)

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

Transfers to Stage 3

 

(1,060

)

 

(1,569

)

 

2,629

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

(31,428

)

 

29,152

 

 

2,276

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

Recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

86

 

 

—

 

 

86

 

 

Financial assets that have been written off

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(762

)

 

(24

)

 

(786

)

 

At 30 June 2020

 

429,529

 

 

58,139

 

 

6,783

 

 

13,043

 

 

507,494

 

 

Allowance for impairment losses

 

(1,332

)

 

(2,168

)

 

(2,161

)

 

(325

)

 

(5,986

)

 

Total loans and advances to customers

 

428,197

 

 

55,971

 

 

4,622

 

 

12,718

 

 

501,508

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January 2020

 

5,544

 

 

—

 

 

3

 

 

—

 

 

5,547

 

 

Exchange and other adjustments

 

112

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

112

 

 

Additions (repayments)

 

(50

)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(50

)

 

Financial assets that have been written off

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

At 30 June 2020

 

5,606

 

 

—

 

 

3

 

 

—

 

 

5,609

 

 

Allowance for impairment losses

 

(2

)

 

—

 

 

(3

)

 

—

 

 

(5

)

 

Total debt securities

 

5,604

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

5,604

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total financial assets at amortised cost

 

444,960

 

 

56,014

 

 

4,622

 

 

12,718

 

 

518,314

 

 

 

Exchange and other adjustments includes certain adjustments, prescribed by IFRS 9, in respect of purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets.

 

68


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

10.                     Financial assets at amortised cost (continued)

 

Movements in Retail mortgage balances were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

originated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

credit-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stage 1 

 

 

Stage 2 

 

 

Stage 3 

 

 

impaired 

 

 

Total 

 

 

 

 

£m 

 

 

£m 

 

 

£m 

 

 

£m 

 

 

£m 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January 2020

 

257,043

 

 

16,935

 

 

1,506

 

 

13,714 

 

 

289,198

 

 

Exchange and other adjustments

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

1 

 

 

(54

)

 

(53

)

 

Additions (repayments)

 

(1,522

)

 

(1,054

)

 

(216

)

 

(593

)

 

(3,385

)

 

Transfers to Stage 1

 

1,350

 

 

(1,345

)

 

(5

)

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

Transfers to Stage 2

 

(20,260

)

 

20,473

 

 

(213

)

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

Transfers to Stage 3

 

(34

)

 

(702

)

 

736

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

(18,944

)

 

18,426

 

 

518

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

Recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

—

 

 

9

 

 

Financial assets that have been written off

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18

)

 

(24

)

 

(42

)

 

At 30 June 2020

 

236,577

 

 

34,307

 

 

1,800

 

 

13,043

 

 

285,727

 

 

Allowance for impairment losses

 

(106

)

 

(491

)

 

(187

)

 

(325

)

 

(1,109

)

 

Total loans and advances to customers

 

236,471

 

 

33,816

 

 

1,613

 

 

12,718

 

 

284,618

 

 

 

69


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

10.                     Financial assets at amortised cost (continued)

 

Year ended 31 December 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

originated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

credit-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stage 1

 

 

Stage 2

 

 

Stage 3

 

 

impaired

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January 2019

 

6,282

 

 

3

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

6,285

 

 

Exchange and other adjustments

 

(218

)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(218

)

 

Additions (repayments)

 

3,713

 

 

(3

)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

3,710

 

 

At 31 December 2019

 

9,777

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

9,777

 

 

Allowance for impairment losses

 

(2

)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(2

)

 

Total loans and advances to banks

 

9,775

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

9,775

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January 2019

 

441,531

 

 

25,345

 

 

5,741

 

 

15,391

 

 

488,008

 

 

Exchange and other adjustments

 

(498

)

 

(34

)

 

47

 

 

283

 

 

(202

)

 

Additions (repayments)

 

13,554

 

 

(2,558

)

 

(858

)

 

(1,934

)

 

8,204

 

 

Transfers to Stage 1

 

6,318

 

 

(6,286

)

 

(32

)

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

Transfers to Stage 2

 

(13,084

)

 

13,516

 

 

(432

)

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

Transfers to Stage 3

 

(1,540

)

 

(1,440

)

 

2,980

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

(8,306

)

 

5,790

 

 

2,516

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

Recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

397

 

 

28

 

 

425

 

 

Acquisition of portfolios

 

3,694

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

3,694

 

 

Financial assets that have been written off

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,828

)

 

(54

)

 

(1,882

)

 

At 31 December 2019

 

449,975

 

 

28,543

 

 

6,015

 

 

13,714

 

 

498,247

 

 

Allowance for impairment losses

 

(675

)

 

(995

)

 

(1,447

)

 

(142

)

 

(3,259

)

 

Total loans and advances to customers

 

449,300

 

 

27,548

 

 

4,568

 

 

13,572

 

 

494,988

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January 2019

 

5,238

 

 

—

 

 

6

 

 

—

 

 

5,244

 

 

Exchange and other adjustments

 

(94

)

 

—

 

 

(2

)

 

—

 

 

(96

)

 

Additions (repayments)

 

400

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

400

 

 

Financial assets that have been written off

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

—

 

 

(1

)

 

At 31 December 2019

 

5,544

 

 

—

 

 

3

 

 

—

 

 

5,547

 

 

Allowance for impairment losses

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(3

)

 

—

 

 

(3

)

 

Total debt securities

 

5,544

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

5,544

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total financial assets at amortised cost

 

464,619

 

 

27,548

 

 

4,568

 

 

13,572

 

 

510,307

 

 

 

70


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

10.                     Financial assets at amortised cost (continued)

 

Movements in Retail mortgage balances were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased
or
originated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

credit-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stage 1

 

 

Stage 2

 

 

Stage 3

 

 

impaired

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January 2019

 

257,797

 

 

13,654

 

 

1,393

 

 

15,391

 

 

288,235

 

 

Exchange and other adjustments

 

(1

)

 

—

 

 

2

 

 

283

 

 

284

 

 

Additions (repayments)

 

799

 

 

(1,432

)

 

(416

)

 

(1,934

)

 

(2,983

)

 

Transfers to Stage 1

 

3,060

 

 

(3,057

)

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

Transfers to Stage 2

 

(7,879

)

 

8,242

 

 

(363

)

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

Transfers to Stage 3

 

(427

)

 

(472

)

 

899

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

(5,246

)

 

4,713

 

 

533

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

Recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29

 

 

28

 

 

57

 

 

Acquisition of portfolios

 

3,694

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

3,694

 

 

Financial assets that have been written off

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(35

)

 

(54

)

 

(89

)

 

At 31 December 2019

 

257,043

 

 

16,935

 

 

1,506

 

 

13,714

 

 

289,198

 

 

Allowance for impairment losses

 

(23

)

 

(281

)

 

(122

)

 

(142

)

 

(568

)

 

Total loans and advances to customers

 

257,020

 

 

16,654

 

 

1,384

 

 

13,572

 

 

288,630

 

 

 

The movement tables are compiled by comparing the position at the reporting date to that at the beginning of the year.

 

Transfers between stages are deemed to have taken place at the start of the reporting period, with all other movements shown in the stage in which the asset is held at the period end, with the exception of those held within Purchased or originated credit-impaired, which are not transferrable.

 

Additions (repayments) comprise new loans originated and repayments of outstanding balances throughout the reporting period. Loans which are written off in the period are first transferred to Stage 3 before acquiring a full allowance and subsequent write-off.

 

Loans and advances to customers include advances securitised under the Group’s securitisation and covered bond programmes (see note 12).

 

71


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

11.                     Allowance for impairment losses

 

Half-year to 30 June 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

originated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

credit-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stage 1

 

 

 

Stage 2

 

 

 

Stage 3

 

 

 

impaired

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

£m

 

 

 

£m

 

 

 

£m

 

 

 

£m

 

 

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In respect of drawn balances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January 2020

 

 

 

677

 

 

 

995

 

 

 

1,464

 

 

 

142

 

 

 

3,278

 

 

 

Exchange and other adjustments

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

(38

)

 

 

(10

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers to Stage 1

 

 

 

108

 

 

 

(107

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

Transfers to Stage 2

 

 

 

(90

)

 

 

133

 

 

 

(43

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

Transfers to Stage 3

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(133

)

 

 

143

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

Impact of transfers between stages

 

 

 

(64

)

 

 

777

 

 

 

447

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,160

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(56

)

 

 

670

 

 

 

546

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,160

 

 

 

Other items charged to the income statement

 

 

 

733

 

 

 

503

 

 

 

858

 

 

 

245

 

 

 

2,339

 

 

 

Charge to the income statement (note 5)

 

 

 

677

 

 

 

1,173

 

 

 

1,404

 

 

 

245

 

 

 

3,499

 

 

 

Advances written off

 

 

 

(762

)

 

 

(24

)

 

 

(786

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recoveries of advances written off in previous years

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount unwind

 

 

 

(27

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

(27

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 30 June 2020

 

 

 

1,355

 

 

 

2,169

 

 

 

2,191

 

 

 

325

 

 

 

6,040

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In respect of undrawn balances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January 2020

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

77

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

177

 

 

 

Exchange and other adjustments

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers to Stage 1

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

Transfers to Stage 2

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

8

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers to Stage 3

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

Impact of transfers between stages

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

94

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

103

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

88

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

103

 

 

 

Other items charged to the income statement

 

 

 

158

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

221

 

 

 

Charge to the income statement (note 5)

 

 

 

156

 

 

 

138

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

324

 

 

 

At 30 June 2020

 

 

 

251

 

 

 

215

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

501

 

 

 

Total allowance for impairment losses

 

 

 

1,606

 

 

 

2,384

 

 

 

2,226

 

 

 

325

 

 

 

6,541

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In respect of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to banks

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

Retail mortgages

 

 

 

106

 

 

 

491

 

 

 

187

 

 

 

325

 

 

 

1,109

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

1,226

 

 

 

1,677

 

 

 

1,974

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

4,877

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

 

 

1,332

 

 

 

2,168

 

 

 

2,161

 

 

 

325

 

 

 

5,986

 

 

 

Debt securities

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

Financial assets at amortised cost

 

 

 

1,355

 

 

 

2,169

 

 

 

2,164

 

 

 

325

 

 

 

6,013

 

 

 

Other assets

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

Provisions in relation to loan commitments and financial guarantees

 

 

 

251

 

 

 

215

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

501

 

 

 

Total allowance for impairment losses

 

 

 

1,606

 

 

 

2,384

 

 

 

2,226

 

 

 

325

 

 

 

6,541

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected credit loss in respect of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (memorandum item)

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

72


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

11.                     Allowance for impairment losses (continued)

 

Exchange and other adjustments includes certain adjustments, prescribed by IFRS 9, in respect of purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets.

 

The total allowance for impairment losses includes £191 million (31 December 2019: £201 million) in respect of residual value impairment and voluntary terminations within the Group’s asset finance business.

 

Movements in the Group’s impairment allowances in respect of Retail mortgages were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

originated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

credit-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stage 1

 

 

 

Stage 2

 

 

 

Stage 3

 

 

 

impaired

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

£m

 

 

 

£m

 

 

 

£m

 

 

 

£m

 

 

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January 2020

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

281

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

142

 

 

 

569

 

 

 

Exchange and other adjustments

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(38

)

 

 

(39

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers to Stage 1

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

(14

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

Transfers to Stage 2

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

16

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

Transfers to Stage 3

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(28

)

 

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

Impact of transfers between stages

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

159

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

186

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

133

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

186

 

 

 

Other items charged to the income statement

 

 

 

90

 

 

 

76

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

245

 

 

 

418

 

 

 

Charge to the income statement

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

209

 

 

 

64

 

 

 

245

 

 

 

604

 

 

 

Advances written off

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18

)

 

 

(24

)

 

 

(42

)

 

 

Recoveries of advances written off in previous years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

Discount unwind

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

At 30 June 2020

 

 

 

108

 

 

 

491

 

 

 

187

 

 

 

325

 

 

 

1,111

 

 

 

 

£2 million of the closing allowance at 30 June 2020 relates to undrawn exposures.

 

73


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

11.                     Allowance for impairment losses (continued)

 

Year ended 31 December 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

originated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

credit-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stage 1

 

 

 

Stage 2

 

 

 

Stage 3

 

 

 

impaired

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

£m

 

 

 

£m

 

 

 

£m

 

 

 

£m

 

 

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In respect of drawn balances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January 2019

 

 

 

527

 

 

 

994

 

 

 

1,570

 

 

 

78

 

 

 

3,169

 

 

 

Exchange and other adjustments

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

23

 

 

 

283

 

 

 

308

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers to Stage 1

 

 

 

229

 

 

 

(222

)

 

 

(7

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

Transfers to Stage 2

 

 

 

(53

)

 

 

92

 

 

 

(39

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

Transfers to Stage 3

 

 

 

(15

)

 

 

(140

)

 

 

155

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

Impact of transfers between stages

 

 

 

(175

)

 

 

353

 

 

 

420

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

598

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14

)

 

 

83

 

 

 

529

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

598

 

 

 

Other items charged to the income statement

 

 

 

153

 

 

 

(73

)

 

 

827

 

 

 

(193

)

 

 

714

 

 

 

Charge to the income statement

 

 

 

139

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

1,356

 

 

 

(193

)

 

 

1,312

 

 

 

Advances written off

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,829

)

 

 

(54

)

 

 

(1,883

)

 

 

Recoveries of advances written off in previous years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

397

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

425

 

 

 

Discount unwind

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(53

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

(53

)

 

 

At 31 December 2019

 

 

 

677

 

 

 

995

 

 

 

1,464

 

 

 

142

 

 

 

3,278

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In respect of undrawn balances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January 2019

 

 

 

123

 

 

 

64

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

193

 

 

 

Exchange and other adjustments

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers to Stage 1

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

(19

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

Transfers to Stage 2

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

4

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

Transfers to Stage 3

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

Impact of transfers between stages

 

 

 

(17

)

 

 

24

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

6

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

Other items charged to the income statement

 

 

 

(25

)

 

 

8

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

(21

)

 

 

Charge to the income statement

 

 

 

(28

)

 

 

14

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

(15

)

 

 

At 31 December 2019

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

77

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

177

 

 

 

Total allowance for impairment losses

 

 

 

772

 

 

 

1,072

 

 

 

1,469

 

 

 

142

 

 

 

3,455

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In respect of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to banks

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

Retail mortgages

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

281

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

142

 

 

 

568

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

652

 

 

 

714

 

 

 

1,325

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

2,691

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

 

 

675

 

 

 

995

 

 

 

1,447

 

 

 

142

 

 

 

3,259

 

 

 

Debt securities

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

Financial assets at amortised cost

 

 

 

677

 

 

 

995

 

 

 

1,450

 

 

 

142

 

 

 

3,264

 

 

 

Other assets

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

Provisions in relation to loan commitments and financial guarantees

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

77

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

177

 

 

 

Total allowance for impairment losses

 

 

 

772

 

 

 

1,072

 

 

 

1,469

 

 

 

142

 

 

 

3,455

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected credit loss in respect of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (memorandum item)

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

74


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

11.                     Allowance for impairment losses (continued)

 

Movements in the Group’s impairment allowances in respect of Retail mortgages were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

originated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

credit-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stage 1

 

 

 

Stage 2

 

 

 

Stage 3

 

 

 

impaired

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

£m

 

 

 

£m

 

 

 

£m

 

 

 

£m

 

 

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January 2019

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

226

 

 

 

118

 

 

 

78

 

 

 

459

 

 

 

Exchange and other adjustments

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

283

 

 

 

283

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers to Stage 1

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

(17

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

Transfers to Stage 2

 

 

 

(13

)

 

 

33

 

 

 

(20

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

Transfers to Stage 3

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(21

)

 

 

26

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

Impact of transfers between stages

 

 

 

(15

)

 

 

105

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

129

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(16

)

 

 

100

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

129

 

 

 

Other items charged to the income statement

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

(45

)

 

 

(59

)

 

 

(193

)

 

 

(294

)

 

 

Charge to the income statement

 

 

 

(13

)

 

 

55

 

 

 

(14)

 

 

 

(193

)

 

 

(165

 

 

 

Advances written off

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(35

)

 

 

(54

)

 

 

(89

)

 

 

Recoveries of advances written off in previous years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

Discount unwind

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

At 31 December 2019

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

281

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

142

 

 

 

569

 

 

 

 

£1 million of the closing allowance at 31 December 2019 related to undrawn exposures.

 

The Group’s income statement charge comprises:

 

 

 

Half-year

 

Year ended

 

 

 

to 30 June

 

31 Dec

 

 

 

2020

 

2019

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Drawn balances

 

3,499

 

1,312 

 

Undrawn balances

 

324 

 

(15

)

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

6 

 

(1

)

Total

 

3,829

 

1,296

 

 

Transfers between stages are deemed to have taken place at the start of the reporting period, with all other movements shown in the stage in which the asset is held at the period end, with the exception of those held within Purchased or originated credit-impaired, which are not transferable. As assets are transferred between stages, the resulting change in expected credit loss of £1,160 million for drawn balances, and £103 million for undrawn balances, is presented separately as impacts of transfers between stages, in the stage in which the expected credit loss is recognised at the end of the reporting period.

 

Other items charged to the income statement include the movements in the expected credit loss as a result of new loans originated and repayments of outstanding balances throughout the reporting period. Loans which are written off in the period are first transferred to Stage 3 before acquiring a full allowance and subsequent write-off. Consequently, recoveries on assets previously written-off also occur in Stage 3 only.

 

75


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

12.                     Debt securities in issue

 

 

 

At 30 June 2020

 

At 31 December 2019

 

 

 

At fair

 

 

 

 

 

At fair

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

value

 

 

 

 

 

value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

through

 

At

 

 

 

through

 

At

 

 

 

 

 

profit or

 

amortised

 

 

 

profit or

 

amortised

 

 

 

 

 

loss

 

cost

 

Total

 

loss

 

cost

 

Total

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Medium-term notes issued

 

7,644

 

45,903

 

53,547

 

7,484

 

41,291

 

48,775

 

Covered bonds

 

—

 

27,770

 

27,770

 

—

 

29,821

 

29,821

 

Certificates of deposit

 

—

 

11,842

 

11,842

 

—

 

10,598

 

10,598

 

Securitisation notes

 

47

 

5,830

 

5,877

 

47

 

7,288

 

7,335

 

Commercial paper

 

—

 

8,586

 

8,586

 

—

 

8,691

 

8,691

 

 

 

7,691

 

99,931

 

107,622

 

7,531

 

97,689

 

105,220

 

 

The notes issued by the Group’s securitisation and covered bond programmes are held by external parties and by subsidiaries of the Group.

 

Securitisation programmes

 

At 30 June 2020, external parties held £5,877 million (31 December 2019: £7,335 million) and the Group’s subsidiaries held £29,491 million (31 December 2019: £31,436 million) of total securitisation notes in issue of £35,368 million (31 December 2019: £38,771 million). The notes are secured on loans and advances to customers and debt securities held at amortised cost amounting to £37,809 million (31 December 2019: £42,545 million), the majority of which have been sold by subsidiary companies to bankruptcy remote structured entities. The structured entities are consolidated fully and all of these loans are retained on the Group’s balance sheet.

 

Covered bond programmes

 

At 30 June 2020, external parties held £27,770 million (31 December 2019: £29,821 million) and the Group’s subsidiaries held £100 million (31 December 2019: £100 million) of total covered bonds in issue of £27,870 million (31 December 2019: £29,921 million). The bonds are secured on certain loans and advances to customers amounting to £38,042 million (31 December 2019: £39,131 million) that have been assigned to bankruptcy remote limited liability partnerships. These loans are retained on the Group’s balance sheet.

 

Cash deposits of £4,012 million (31 December 2019: £4,703 million) which support the debt securities issued by the structured entities, the term advances related to covered bonds and other legal obligations are held by the Group.

 

76


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

13.                     Post-retirement defined benefit schemes

 

The Group’s post-retirement defined benefit scheme obligations are comprised as follows:

 

 

 

At 30 June

 

At 31 Dec

 

 

 

2020

 

2019

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Defined benefit pension schemes:

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of scheme assets

 

50,696

 

45,791

 

Present value of funded obligations

 

(48,593

)

(45,241

)

Net pension scheme asset

 

2,103

 

550

 

Other post-retirement schemes

 

(133

)

(126

)

Net retirement benefit asset

 

1,970

 

424

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recognised on the balance sheet as:

 

 

 

 

 

Retirement benefit assets

 

2,241

 

681

 

Retirement benefit obligations

 

(271

)

(257

)

Net retirement benefit asset

 

1,970

 

424

 

 

The movement in the Group’s net post-retirement defined benefit scheme asset during the period was as follows:

 

 

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

Asset at 1 January 2020

 

424

 

Income statement charge

 

(121

)

Employer contributions

 

999

 

Remeasurement

 

668

 

Asset at 30 June 2020

 

1,970

 

 

During the first half of 2020, the Group’s main pension schemes entered into a £10 billion longevity insurance arrangement (with Scottish Widows acting as a conduit) to hedge their exposure to an unexpected increase in life expectancy for approximately half of their current pensioners. As a result, the impact of changes in mortality rates in future years on the pension schemes’ gross liabilities will be partially offset by movements in the value of the longevity swap, which is included within the pension schemes’ assets. Upon initial recognition, the pension schemes valued the swaps at £nil and, in line with market practice, actual mortality experience is assumed to be in line with the expected mortality rate for the first year of the swap.

 

The charge to the income statement in respect of pensions and other post-retirement benefit schemes is comprised as follows:

 

 

 

Half-year to

 

Half-year to

 

Half-year to

 

 

 

30 June

 

30 June

 

31 Dec

 

 

 

2020

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Defined benefit pension schemes

 

121

 

139

 

106

 

Defined contribution schemes

 

151

 

141

 

146

 

Total charge to the income statement (note 4)

 

272

 

280

 

252

 

 

The principal assumptions used in the valuations of the defined benefit pension schemes were as follows:

 

 

 

At 30 June

 

At 31 Dec

 

 

 

2020

 

2019

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

1.54

 

2.05

 

Rate of inflation:

 

 

 

 

 

Retail Prices Index

 

2.85

 

2.94

 

Consumer Price Index

 

1.90

 

1.99

 

Rate of salary increases

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

Weighted-average rate of increase for pensions in payment

 

2.52

 

2.57

 

 

77


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

14.                     Provisions for liabilities and charges

 

 

 

Provisions

 

Payment

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

for

 

protection

 

regulatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

commitments

 

insurance

 

provisions

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January 2020

 

177

 

1,880

 

528

 

738

 

3,323

 

Exchange and other adjustments

 

—

 

—

 

9

 

—

 

9

 

Provisions applied

 

—

 

(999

)

(319

)

(117

)

(1,435

)

Charge for the period

 

324

 

—

 

177

 

63

 

564

 

At 30 June 2020

 

501

 

881

 

395

 

684

 

2,461

 

 

Payment protection insurance (excluding MBNA)

 

The Group has made provisions for PPI costs totalling £21,875 million; no additional charge has been made in the first half of 2020. Good progress has been made with the review of PPI information requests received and the conversion rate remains low and consistent with the provision assumption of around 10 per cent, albeit operations have been impacted by the coronavirus pandemic in the second quarter.

 

At 30 June 2020, a provision of £745 million remained unutilised relating to complaints and associated administration costs excluding amounts relating to MBNA. Total cash payments were £833 million during the six months to 30 June 2020.

 

The total amount provided for PPI represents the Group’s best estimate of the likely future cost. A number of risks and uncertainties remain including processing the remaining outstanding complaints. These may also be impacted by any further regulatory changes. The cost could therefore differ from the Group’s estimates and the assumptions underpinning them, and could result in a further provision being required.

 

For every 1 per cent increase in PIR conversion rate on the stock as at the industry deadline, the Group would expect an additional charge of approximately £100 million.

 

78


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

14.                     Provisions for liabilities and charges (continued)

 

Payment protection insurance (MBNA)

 

As announced in December 2016, the Group’s exposure continues to remain capped at £240 million under the terms of the MBNA sale and purchase agreement. No additional charge has been made by MBNA to its PPI provision in the first half of 2020.

 

Other provisions for legal actions and regulatory matters

 

In the course of its business, the Group is engaged in discussions with the UK Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA), UK Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) and other UK and overseas regulators and other governmental authorities on a range of matters. The Group also receives complaints in connection with its past conduct and claims brought by or on behalf of current and former employees, customers, investors and other third parties and is subject to legal proceedings and other legal actions. Where significant, provisions are held against the costs expected to be incurred in relation to these matters and matters arising from related internal reviews. During the six months to 30 June 2020 the Group charged a further £177 million in respect of legal actions and other regulatory matters, and the unutilised balance at 30 June 2020 was £395 million (31 December 2019: £528 million). The most significant items are as follows.

 

Arrears handling related activities

 

The Group has provided an additional £28 million during the half-year to 30 June 2020 for arrears handling related activities, bringing the total provided to date to £1,009 million; the unutilised balance at 30 June 2020 was £78 million.

 

Customer claims in relation to insurance branch business in Germany

 

The Group continues to receive claims from customers in Germany relating to policies issued by Clerical Medical Investment Group Limited (subsequently renamed Scottish Widows Limited), with smaller numbers of claims received from customers in Austria and Italy. The industry-wide issue regarding notification of contractual ‘cooling off’ periods continued to lead to a steady flow of claims through 2018 and 2019. Whilst complaint volumes continued to decline during the first half of 2020, new litigation claim volumes per month have remained fairly constant. Up to 31 December 2019 the Group had provided a total of £656 million and no further amounts have been provided in the half-year to 30 June 2020; the unutilised balance at 30 June 2020 was £91 million. The validity of the claims facing the Group depends upon the facts and circumstances in respect of each claim. As a result, the ultimate financial effect, which could be significantly different from the current provision, will be known only once all relevant claims have been resolved.

 

HBOS Reading — review

 

The Group completed its compensation assessment for all 71 business customers within the customer review in the fourth quarter of 2019. In total more than £109 million of compensation has been accepted by victims of the HBOS Reading fraud, in addition to £14 million for ex-gratia payments and £6 million for the re-imbursements of legal fees. Sir Ross Cranston’s Quality Assurance review was concluded on 10 December 2019 and made a number of recommendations, including a re-assessment of direct and consequential losses by an independent panel, an extension of debt relief, and a wider definition of de facto directors. Details of the panel were announced on 3 April 2020 and the panel’s full scope and methodology was published on 7 July 2020. Details of an appeal process for the further assessments of debt relief and de facto director status have also been announced. The Group has begun its assessment of customer claims for further debt relief and de facto director status. The Group has committed to implementing Sir Ross’s recommendations in full. It is not possible to estimate at this stage what the financial impact will be.

 

79


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

15.                     Contingent liabilities, commitments and guarantees

 

Interchange fees

 

With respect to multi-lateral interchange fees (MIFs), the Group is not involved in the ongoing litigation which involves card schemes such as Visa and Mastercard (as described below). However, the Group is a member / licensee of Visa and Mastercard and other card schemes. The litigation in question is as follows:

 

·             litigation brought by retailers against both Visa and Mastercard which continues in the English Courts (this includes a judgment of the Supreme Court in June 2020 upholding the Court of Appeal’s finding in 2018 that historic interchange arrangements of Mastercard and Visa infringed competition law); and

 

·             litigation brought on behalf of UK consumers in the English Courts against Mastercard (judgement is awaited from the Supreme Court on whether the collective proceedings may be permissible).

 

Any impact on the Group of the litigation against Visa and Mastercard remains uncertain at this time. Insofar as Visa is required to pay damages to retailers for interchange fees set prior to June 2016, contractual arrangements to allocate liability have been agreed between various UK banks (including the Group) and Visa Inc, as part of Visa Inc’s acquisition of Visa Europe in 2016.  These arrangements cap the maximum amount of liability to which the Group may be subject, and this cap is set at the cash consideration received by the Group for the sale of its stake in Visa Europe to Visa Inc in 2016.

 

LIBOR and other trading rates

 

In July 2014, the Group announced that it had reached settlements totalling £217 million (at 30 June 2014 exchange rates) to resolve with UK and US federal authorities legacy issues regarding the manipulation several years ago of Group companies’ submissions to the British Bankers’ Association (BBA) London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) and Sterling Repo Rate. The Swiss Competition Commission concluded its investigation against Lloyds Bank plc in June 2019. However, the Group continues to cooperate with various other government and regulatory authorities, including a number of US State Attorneys General, in conjunction with their investigations into submissions made by panel members to the bodies that set LIBOR and various other interbank offered rates.

 

Certain Group companies, together with other panel banks, have also been named as defendants in private lawsuits, including purported class action suits, in the US in connection with their roles as panel banks contributing to the setting of US Dollar, Japanese Yen and Sterling LIBOR and the Australian BBSW Reference Rate. Certain of the plaintiffs’ claims have been dismissed by the US Federal Court for Southern District of New York (subject to appeals).

 

Certain Group companies are also named as defendants in (i) UK based claims; and (ii) two Dutch class actions, raising LIBOR manipulation allegations. A number of the claims against the Group in relation to the alleged mis-sale of interest rate hedging products also include allegations of LIBOR manipulation.

 

It is currently not possible to predict the scope and ultimate outcome on the Group of the various outstanding regulatory investigations not encompassed by the settlements, any private lawsuits or any related challenges to the interpretation or validity of any of the Group’s contractual arrangements, including their timing and scale.

 

UK shareholder litigation

 

In August 2014, the Group and a number of former directors were named as defendants in a claim by a number of claimants who held shares in Lloyds TSB Group plc (LTSB) prior to the acquisition of HBOS plc, alleging breaches of duties in relation to information provided to shareholders in connection with the acquisition and the recapitalisation of LTSB. Judgment was delivered on 15 November 2019.  The Group and its former directors successfully defended the claims. The claimants have been denied permission to appeal by the trial judge but may now seek permission to appeal from the Court of Appeal. It is currently not possible to determine the ultimate impact on the Group (if any).

 

80


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

15.                     Contingent liabilities, commitments and guarantees (continued)

 

Tax authorities

 

The Group has an open matter in relation to a claim for group relief of losses incurred in its former Irish banking subsidiary, which ceased trading on 31 December 2010. In 2013 HMRC informed the Group that their interpretation of the UK rules which allow the offset of such losses denies the claim for group relief of losses. If HMRC’s position is found to be correct, management estimate that this would result in an increase in current tax liabilities of approximately £805 million (including interest) and a reduction in the Group’s deferred tax asset of approximately £270 million. The Group does not agree with HMRC’s position and, having taken appropriate advice, does not consider that this is a case where additional tax will ultimately fall due. There are a number of other open matters on which the Group is in discussion with HMRC (including the tax treatment of certain costs arising from the divestment of TSB Banking Group plc), none of which is expected to have a material impact on the financial position of the Group.

 

Other legal actions and regulatory matters

 

In addition, during the ordinary course of business the Group is subject to other complaints and threatened or actual legal proceedings (including class or group action claims) brought by or on behalf of current or former employees, customers, investors or other third parties, as well as legal and regulatory reviews, challenges, investigations and enforcement actions, both in the UK and overseas. All such material matters are periodically reassessed, with the assistance of external professional advisers where appropriate, to determine the likelihood of the Group incurring a liability. In those instances where it is concluded that it is more likely than not that a payment will be made, a provision is established to management’s best estimate of the amount required at the relevant balance sheet date. In some cases it will not be possible to form a view, for example because the facts are unclear or because further time is needed to assess properly the merits of the case, and no provisions are held in relation to such matters. In these circumstances, specific disclosure in relation to a contingent liability will be made where material. However the Group does not currently expect the final outcome of any such case to have a material adverse effect on its financial position, operations or cash flows.

 

81


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

15.                     Contingent liabilities, commitments and guarantees (continued)

 

Contingent liabilities, commitments and guarantees arising from the banking business

 

 

 

At 30 June

 

 

At 31 Dec

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contingent liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acceptances and endorsements

 

141

 

 

74

 

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other items serving as direct credit substitutes

 

370

 

 

366

 

Performance bonds and other transaction-related contingencies

 

2,157

 

 

2,454

 

 

 

2,527

 

 

2,820

 

Total contingent liabilities

 

2,668

 

 

2,894

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and guarantees

 

 

 

 

 

 

Documentary credits and other short-term trade-related transactions

 

1

 

 

—

 

Forward asset purchases and forward deposits placed

 

170

 

 

189

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Undrawn formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments to lend:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 1 year original maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage offers made

 

14,166

 

 

12,684

 

Other commitments and guarantees

 

90,755

 

 

85,735

 

 

 

104,921

 

 

98,419

 

1 year or over original maturity

 

32,916

 

 

34,945

 

Total commitments and guarantees

 

138,008

 

 

133,553

 

 

Of the amounts shown above in respect of undrawn formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments to lend, £64,040 million (31 December 2019: £63,504 million) was irrevocable.

 

82


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

16.                     Fair values of financial assets and liabilities

 

The valuations of financial instruments have been classified into three levels according to the quality and reliability of information used to determine those fair values. Note 50 to the Group’s 2019 financial statements describes the definitions of the three levels in the fair value hierarchy.

 

Valuation control framework

 

Key elements of the valuation control framework, which covers processes for all levels in the fair value hierarchy including level 3 portfolios, include model validation (incorporating pre-trade and post-trade testing), product implementation review and independent price verification. Formal committees meet quarterly to discuss and approve valuations in more judgemental areas.

 

Transfers into and out of level 3 portfolios

 

Transfers out of level 3 portfolios arise when inputs that could have a significant impact on the instrument’s valuation become market observable; conversely, transfers into the portfolios arise when sources of data cease to be observable.

 

Valuation methodology

 

For level 2 and level 3 portfolios, there is no significant change to the valuation methodology (techniques and inputs) disclosed in the Group’s 2019 Annual Report on Form 20-F applied to these portfolios.

 

The table below summarises the carrying values of financial assets and liabilities presented on the Group’s balance sheet. The fair values presented in the table are at a specific date and may be significantly different from the amounts which will actually be paid or received on the maturity or settlement date.

 

 

 

At 30 June 2020

 

 

At 31 December 2019

 

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Fair

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Fair

 

 

 

value

 

 

value

 

 

value

 

 

value

 

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

 

157,113

 

 

157,113

 

 

160,189

 

 

160,189

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

32,978

 

 

32,978

 

 

26,369

 

 

26,369

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to banks

 

11,202

 

 

11,211

 

 

9,775

 

 

9,773

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

501,508

 

 

501,494

 

 

494,988

 

 

495,804

 

Debt securities

 

5,604

 

 

5,597

 

 

5,544

 

 

5,537

 

Financial assets at amortised cost

 

518,314

 

 

518,302

 

 

510,307

 

 

511,114

 

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

27,211

 

 

27,211

 

 

25,092

 

 

25,092

 

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits from banks

 

34,124

 

 

34,190

 

 

28,179

 

 

28,079

 

Customer deposits

 

453,446

 

 

453,773

 

 

421,320

 

 

421,728

 

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

 

21,474

 

 

21,474

 

 

21,486

 

 

21,486

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

28,631

 

 

28,631

 

 

25,779

 

 

25,779

 

Debt securities in issue

 

99,931

 

 

105,211

 

 

97,689

 

 

100,443

 

Liabilities arising from non-participating investment contracts

 

34,927

 

 

34,927

 

 

37,459

 

 

37,459

 

Subordinated liabilities

 

17,717

 

 

22,368

 

 

17,130

 

 

19,783

 

 

The carrying amount of the following financial instruments is a reasonable approximation of fair value: cash and balances at central banks, items in the course of collection from banks, items in course of transmission to banks and notes in circulation.

 

83


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

16.                     Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued)

 

The Group manages valuation adjustments for its derivative exposures on a net basis; the Group determines their fair values on the basis of their net exposures. In all other cases, fair values of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value are determined on the basis of their gross exposures.

 

The following tables provide an analysis of the financial assets and liabilities of the Group that are carried at fair value in the Group’s consolidated balance sheet, grouped into levels 1 to 3 based on the degree to which the fair value is observable.

 

Financial assets

 

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 30 June 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

—

 

11,232

 

11,264

 

22,496

 

Loans and advances to banks

 

—

 

4,075

 

—

 

4,075

 

Debt securities

 

20,747

 

23,610

 

1,841

 

46,198

 

Treasury and other bills

 

20

 

—

 

—

 

20

 

Equity shares

 

82,086

 

356

 

1,882

 

84,324

 

Total financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

 

102,853

 

39,273

 

14,987

 

157,113

 

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt securities

 

14,142

 

12,644

 

181

 

26,967

 

Treasury and other bills

 

80

 

—

 

—

 

80

 

Equity shares

 

—

 

—

 

164

 

164

 

Total financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

14,222

 

12,644

 

345

 

27,211

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

99

 

31,995

 

884

 

32,978

 

Total financial assets carried at fair value

 

117,174

 

83,912

 

16,216

 

217,302

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

—

 

10,164 

 

10,912 

 

21,076 

 

Loans and advances to banks

 

18 

 

2,381 

 

—

 

2,399 

 

Debt securities

 

18,670 

 

20,246 

 

1,990 

 

40,906 

 

Treasury and other bills

 

19 

 

—

 

—

 

19 

 

Equity shares

 

93,766 

 

17 

 

2,006 

 

95,789 

 

Total financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

 

112,473 

 

32,808 

 

14,908 

 

160,189 

 

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt securities

 

12,876 

 

11,273 

 

181 

 

24,330

 

Treasury and other bills

 

535 

 

—

 

—

 

535 

 

Equity shares

 

—

 

—

 

227 

 

227 

 

Total financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

13,411 

 

11,273 

 

408 

 

25,092 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

50 

 

25,456 

 

863 

 

26,369 

 

Total financial assets carried at fair value

 

125,934 

 

69,537 

 

16,179 

 

211,650 

 

 

84


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

16.                     Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued)

 

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 30 June 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities held at fair value through profit or loss

 

—

 

7,644

 

47

 

7,691

 

Trading liabilities

 

1,963

 

11,820

 

—

 

13,783

 

Total financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

 

1,963

 

19,464

 

47

 

21,474

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

63

 

27,101

 

1,467

 

28,631

 

Total financial liabilities carried at fair value

 

2,026

 

46,565

 

1,514

 

50,105

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities held at fair value through profit or loss

 

—

 

7,483 

 

48 

 

7,531 

 

Trading liabilities

 

2,781 

 

11,174 

 

—

 

13,955 

 

Total financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

 

2,781 

 

18,657 

 

48 

 

21,486 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

54 

 

24,358 

 

1,367 

 

25,779 

 

Total financial liabilities carried at fair value

 

2,835 

 

43,015 

 

1,415 

 

47,265 

 

 

85


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

16.                     Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued)

 

Movements in level 3 portfolio

 

The tables below analyse movements in the level 3 financial assets portfolio.

 

 

 

 

 

Financial 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial 

 

assets at 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

assets at 

 

fair value

 

 

 

financial

 

 

 

fair value

 

through other

 

 

 

assets

 

 

 

through profit

 

comprehensive

 

Derivative

 

carried at

 

 

 

 or loss

 

income

 

assets

 

 fair value

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January 2020

 

14,908

 

408

 

863

 

16,179

 

Exchange and other adjustments

 

106

 

11

 

19

 

136

 

Gains recognised in the income statement within other income

 

135

 

—

 

124

 

259

 

Losses recognised in other comprehensive income within the revaluation reserve in respect of financial assets carried at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

—

 

(67

)

—

 

(67

)

Purchases/ increases to customer loans

 

851

 

—

 

2

 

853

 

Sales/ repayments

 

(839

)

(7

)

(81

)

(927

)

Transfers into the level 3 portfolio

 

73

 

—

 

41

 

114

 

Transfers out of the level 3 portfolio

 

(247

)

—

 

(84

)

(331

)

At 30 June 2020

 

14,987

 

345

 

884

 

16,216

 

Gains recognised in the income statement within other income relating to those assets held at 30 June 2020

 

141

 

—

 

132

 

273

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial

 

assets

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

assets at

 

at fair value

 

 

 

financial

 

 

 

fair value

 

through other

 

 

 

assets

 

 

 

through profit

 

comprehensive

 

Derivative

 

carried at

 

 

 

or loss

 

income

 

assets

 

fair value

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January 2019

 

13,917

 

267

 

927

 

15,111

 

Exchange and other adjustments

 

3

 

1

 

—

 

4

 

Gains recognised in the income statement within other income

 

489

 

—

 

251

 

740

 

Gains recognised in other comprehensive income within the revaluation reserve in respect of financial assets held at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

—

 

8

 

—

 

8

 

Purchases/ increases to customer loans

 

1,511

 

—

 

2

 

1,513

 

Sales/ repayments

 

(1,522

)

(80

)

(16

)

(1,618

)

Transfers into the level 3 portfolio

 

563

 

—

 

22

 

585

 

Transfers out of the level 3 portfolio

 

(98

)

—

 

(2

)

(100

)

At 30 June 2019

 

14,863

 

196

 

1,184

 

16,243

 

Gains recognised in the income statement within other income relating to those assets held at 30 June 2019

 

189

 

—

 

285

 

474

 

 

86


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

16.                     Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued)

 

The tables below analyse movements in the level 3 financial liabilities portfolio.

 

 

 

Financial

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

liabilities at

 

 

 

financial

 

 

 

fair value

 

 

 

liabilities

 

 

 

through

 

Derivative

 

carried at

 

 

 

profit or loss

 

liabilities

 

fair value

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January 2020

 

48 

 

1,367 

 

1,415 

 

Exchange and other adjustments

 

—

 

20

 

20

 

Losses recognised in the income statement within other income

 

1

 

194

 

195

 

Additions

 

—

 

2

 

2

 

Redemptions

 

(2

)

(8

)

(10

)

Transfers into the level 3 portfolio

 

—

 

51

 

51

 

Transfers out of the level 3 portfolio

 

—

 

(159

)

(159

)

At 30 June 2020

 

47

 

1,467

 

1,514

 

Losses recognised in the income statement within other income relating to those liabilities held at 30 June 2020

 

—

 

195

 

195

 

 

 

 

Financial

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

liabilities at

 

 

 

financial

 

 

 

fair value

 

 

 

liabilities

 

 

 

through

 

Derivative

 

carried at

 

 

 

profit or loss

 

liabilities

 

fair value

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January 2019

 

11

 

716

 

727

 

Exchange and other adjustments

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

Losses recognised in the income statement within other income

 

—

 

204

 

204

 

Additions

 

—

 

1

 

1

 

Redemptions

 

(1

)

(12

)

(13

)

Transfers into the level 3 portfolio

 

53

 

364

 

417

 

Transfers out of the level 3 portfolio

 

(11

)

—

 

(11

)

At 30 June 2019

 

52

 

1,273

 

1,325

 

Losses recognised in the income statement within other income relating to those liabilities held at 30 June 2019

 

—

 

249

 

249

 

 

87


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

16.                     Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued)

 

The tables below set out the effects of reasonably possible alternative assumptions for categories of level 3 financial assets and financial liabilities which have an aggregated carrying value greater than £500 million.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 30 June 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of reasonably

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

possible alternative

 

 

 

 

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

assumptions(1)

 

 

 

Valuation

 

unobservable

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Favourable

 

Unfavourable

 

 

 

technique(s)

 

inputs

 

Range(2)

 

value

 

changes

 

changes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

Discounted cash flows

 

Interest rate spreads (bps)

 

50 bps / 256 bps

 

11,264

 

541

 

(503

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity and venture capital investments

 

Market approach

 

Earnings multiple

 

1.1 / 14.6

 

1,886

 

30

 

(30

)

Equity and venture capital investments

 

Underlying asset/net asset value (incl. property prices)(2)

 

n/a

 

 

 

961

 

124

 

(146

)

Unlisted equities, debt securities and property partnerships in the life funds

 

Underlying asset/net asset value (incl. property prices)(3)

 

n/a

 

 

 

867

 

8

 

(44

)

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,987

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

345

 

8

 

(9

)

Derivative financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate derivatives

 

Option pricing model

 

Interest rate volatility

 

0% / 176%

 

884

 

5

 

(7

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

884

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets carried at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

16,216

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

 

47

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate derivatives

 

Option pricing model

 

Interest rate volatility

 

0% / 176%

 

1,467

 

—

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities carried at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

1,514

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)   Where the exposure to an unobservable input is managed on a net basis, only the net impact is shown in the table.

(2)   The range represents the highest and lowest inputs used in the level 3 valuations.

(3)   Underlying asset/net asset values represent fair value.

 

88


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

16.                     Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of reasonably

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

possible alternative

 

 

 

 

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

assumptions(1)

 

 

 

Valuation

 

unobservable

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Favourable

 

Unfavourable

 

 

 

technique(s)

 

inputs

 

Range(2)

 

value

 

changes

 

changes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

Discounted cash flows

 

Interest rate spreads (bps)

 

47bps / 108bps

 

10,912

 

401

 

(384

)

Equity and venture capital investments

 

Market approach

 

Earnings multiple

 

1.5 / 15.4

 

1,948

 

89

 

(89

)

 

 

Underlying assets/net asset value (incl. property prices)(3)

 

 

 

 

 

935

 

89

 

(113

)

Unlisted equities, debt securities and property partnerships in the life funds

 

Underlying asset/net asset value (incl. property prices, broker quotes or discounted cash flows)(3)

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

1,052

 

19

 

(41

)

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

61

 

1

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,908

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

408

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate derivatives

 

Option pricing model

 

Interest rate volatility

 

14% / 115%

 

863

 

5

 

(6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

863

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets carried at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

16,179

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

 

48

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate derivatives

 

Option pricing model

 

Interest rate volatility

 

14% / 115%

 

1,367

 

—

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,367

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities carried at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

1,415

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)   Where the exposure to an unobservable input is managed on a net basis, only the net impact is shown in the table.

(2)   The range represents the highest and lowest inputs used in the level 3 valuations.

(3)   Underlying asset/net asset values represent fair value.

 

Unobservable inputs

 

Significant unobservable inputs affecting the valuation of debt securities, unlisted equity investments and derivatives are unchanged from those described in the Group’s 2019 financial statements.

 

Reasonably possible alternative assumptions

 

Valuation techniques applied to many of the Group’s level 3 instruments often involve the use of two or more inputs whose relationship is interdependent. The calculation of the effect of reasonably possible alternative assumptions included in the table above reflects such relationships and are unchanged from those described in note 50 to the Group’s 2019 financial statements.

 

89


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

17.                     Credit quality of loans and advances to banks and customers

 

Gross drawn exposures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

originated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

credit-

 

 

 

 

 

At 30 June 2020

 

range

 

 

Stage 1

 

 

Stage 2

 

 

Stage 3

 

 

impaired

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to banks:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CMS 1-10

 

0.00-0.50%

 

 

6,094

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

6,094

 

 

CMS 11-14

 

0.51-3.00%

 

 

5,049

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

5,049

 

 

CMS 15-18

 

3.01-20.00%

 

 

37

 

 

44

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

81

 

 

CMS 19

 

20.01-99.99%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

CMS 20-23

 

100%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,180

 

 

44

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

11,224

 

 

Loans and advances to customers:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail — mortgages

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RMS 1-6

 

0.00-4.50%

 

 

236,569

 

 

27,321

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

263,890

 

 

RMS 7-9

 

4.51-14.00%

 

 

8

 

 

3,770

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

3,778

 

 

RMS 10

 

14.01-20.00%

 

 

—

 

 

862

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

862

 

 

RMS 11-13

 

20.01-99.99%

 

 

—

 

 

2,354

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

2,354

 

 

RMS 14

 

100.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

1,800

 

 

13,043

 

 

14,843

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

236,577

 

 

34,307

 

 

1,800

 

 

13,043

 

 

285,727

 

 

Retail — credit cards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RMS 1-6

 

0.00-4.50%

 

 

10,070

 

 

456

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

10,526

 

 

RMS 7-9

 

4.51-14.00%

 

 

2,882

 

 

641

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

3,523

 

 

RMS 10

 

14.01-20.00%

 

 

403

 

 

361

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

764

 

 

RMS 11-13

 

20.01-99.99%

 

 

84

 

 

630

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

714

 

 

RMS 14

 

100.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

368

 

 

—

 

 

368

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,439

 

 

2,088

 

 

368

 

 

—

 

 

15,895

 

 

Retail — UK Motor Finance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RMS 1-6

 

0.00-4.50%

 

 

11,615

 

 

1,762

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

13,377

 

 

RMS 7-9

 

4.51-14.00%

 

 

1,054

 

 

693

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

1,747

 

 

RMS 10

 

14.01-20.00%

 

 

—

 

 

155

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

155

 

 

RMS 11-13

 

20.01-99.99%

 

 

5

 

 

310

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

315

 

 

RMS 14

 

100.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

236

 

 

—

 

 

236

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,674

 

 

2,920

 

 

236

 

 

—

 

 

15,830

 

 

Retail — other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RMS 1-6

 

0.00-4.50%

 

 

19,242

 

 

693

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

19,935

 

 

RMS 7-9

 

4.51-14.00%

 

 

3,213

 

 

546

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

3,759

 

 

RMS 10

 

14.01-20.00%

 

 

787

 

 

191

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

978

 

 

RMS 11-13

 

20.01-99.99%

 

 

997

 

 

631

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

1,628

 

 

RMS 14

 

100.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

480

 

 

—

 

 

480

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,239

 

 

2,061

 

 

480

 

 

—

 

 

26,780

 

 

Total Retail

 

 

 

 

286,929

 

 

41,376

 

 

2,884

 

 

13,043

 

 

344,232

 

 

 

90


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

17.                     Credit quality of loans and advances to banks and customers (continued)

 

Gross drawn exposures (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

originated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

credit-

 

 

 

 

 

At 30 June 2020

 

range

 

 

Stage 1

 

 

Stage 2

 

 

Stage 3

 

 

impaired

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CMS 1-10

 

0.00-0.50%

 

 

29,923

 

 

353

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

30,276

 

 

CMS 11-14

 

0.51-3.00%

 

 

40,101

 

 

7,276

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

47,377

 

 

CMS 15-18

 

3.01-20.00%

 

 

8,038

 

 

7,543

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

15,581

 

 

CMS 19

 

20.01-99.99%

 

 

—

 

 

1,568

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

1,568

 

 

CMS 20-23

 

100%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

3,808

 

 

—

 

 

3,808

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

78,062

 

 

16,740

 

 

3,808

 

 

—

 

 

98,610

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RMS 1-6

 

0.00-4.50%

 

 

765

 

 

23

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

788

 

 

RMS 7-9

 

4.51-14.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

RMS 10

 

14.01-20.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

RMS 11-13

 

20.01-99.99%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

RMS 14

 

100.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

91

 

 

—

 

 

91

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

765

 

 

23

 

 

91

 

 

—

 

 

879

 

 

CMS 1-10

 

0.00-0.50%

 

 

63,773

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

63,773

 

 

CMS 11-14

 

0.51-3.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

CMS 15-18

 

3.01-20.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

CMS 19

 

20.01-99.99%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

CMS 20-23

 

100%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

63,773

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

63,773

 

 

Total loans and advances to customers

 

 

 

 

429,529

 

 

58,139

 

 

6,783

 

 

13,043

 

 

507,494

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In respect of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail

 

 

 

 

286,929

 

 

41,376

 

 

2,884

 

 

13,043

 

 

344,232

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

78,062

 

 

16,740

 

 

3,808

 

 

—

 

 

98,610

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

64,538

 

 

23

 

 

91

 

 

—

 

 

64,652

 

 

Total loans and advances to customers

 

 

 

 

429,529

 

 

58,139

 

 

6,783

 

 

13,043

 

 

507,494

 

 

 

The update to the Group’s economic outlook has contributed to a deterioration of assigned credit quality and an increase in stage 2 balances due to the forward-looking probability of default (PD) used for rating segmentation.

 

Lending originated under the UK Government’s COVID-19 support schemes is rated according to the customer’s probability of default; the Government guarantees impact the anticipated loss given default (LGD).

 

91


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

17.                     Credit quality of loans and advances to banks and customers (continued)

 

Expected credit losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

originated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

credit-

 

 

 

 

 

At 30 June 2020

 

range

 

 

Stage 1

 

 

Stage 2

 

 

Stage 3

 

 

impaired

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to banks:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CMS 1-10

 

0.00-0.50%

 

 

1

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

1

 

 

CMS 11-14

 

0.51-3.00%

 

 

19

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

19

 

 

CMS 15-18

 

3.01-20.00%

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

2

 

 

CMS 19

 

20.01-99.99%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

CMS 20-23

 

100%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

1

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

22

 

 

Loans and advances to customers:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail — mortgages

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RMS 1-6

 

0.00-4.50%

 

 

106

 

 

250

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

356

 

 

RMS 7-9

 

4.51-14.00%

 

 

—

 

 

79

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

79

 

 

RMS 10

 

14.01-20.00%

 

 

—

 

 

28

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

28

 

 

RMS 11-13

 

20.01-99.99%

 

 

—

 

 

134

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

134

 

 

RMS 14

 

100.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

187

 

 

325

 

 

512

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

106

 

 

491

 

 

187

 

 

325

 

 

1,109

 

 

Retail — credit cards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RMS 1-6

 

0.00-4.50%

 

 

96

 

 

22

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

118

 

 

RMS 7-9

 

4.51-14.00%

 

 

134

 

 

61

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

195

 

 

RMS 10

 

14.01-20.00%

 

 

44

 

 

58

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

102

 

 

RMS 11-13

 

20.01-99.99%

 

 

13

 

 

208

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

221

 

 

RMS 14

 

100.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

121

 

 

—

 

 

121

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

287

 

 

349

 

 

121

 

 

—

 

 

757

 

 

Retail — UK Motor Finance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RMS 1-6

 

0.00-4.50%

 

 

184

 

 

50

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

234

 

 

RMS 7-9

 

4.51-14.00%

 

 

8

 

 

47

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

55

 

 

RMS 10

 

14.01-20.00%

 

 

—

 

 

21

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

21

 

 

RMS 11-13

 

20.01-99.99%

 

 

—

 

 

99

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

99

 

 

RMS 14

 

100.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

152

 

 

—

 

 

152

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

192

 

 

217

 

 

152

 

 

—

 

 

561

 

 

Retail — other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RMS 1-6

 

0.00-4.50%

 

 

116

 

 

28

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

144

 

 

RMS 7-9

 

4.51-14.00%

 

 

110

 

 

43

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

153

 

 

RMS 10

 

14.01-20.00%

 

 

22

 

 

35

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

57

 

 

RMS 11-13

 

20.01-99.99%

 

 

17

 

 

213

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

230

 

 

RMS 14

 

100.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

173

 

 

—

 

 

173

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

265

 

 

319

 

 

173

 

 

—

 

 

757

 

 

Total Retail

 

 

 

 

850

 

 

1,376

 

 

633

 

 

325

 

 

3,184

 

 

 

92


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

17.                     Credit quality of loans and advances to banks and customers (continued)

 

Expected credit losses (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

originated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

credit-

 

 

 

 

 

At 30 June 2020

 

range

 

 

Stage 1

 

 

Stage 2

 

 

Stage 3

 

 

impaired

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CMS 1-10

 

0.00-0.50%

 

 

21

 

 

2

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

23

 

 

CMS 11-14

 

0.51-3.00%

 

 

131

 

 

164

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

295

 

 

CMS 15-18

 

3.01-20.00%

 

 

118

 

 

390

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

508

 

 

CMS 19

 

20.01-99.99%

 

 

—

 

 

236

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

236

 

 

CMS 20-23

 

100%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

1,509

 

 

—

 

 

1,509

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

270

 

 

792

 

 

1,509

 

 

—

 

 

2,571

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RMS 1-6

 

0.00-4.50%

 

 

12

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

12

 

 

RMS 7-9

 

4.51-14.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

RMS 10

 

14.01-20.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

RMS 11-13

 

20.01-99.99%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

RMS 14

 

100.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

19

 

 

—

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

—

 

 

19

 

 

—

 

 

31

 

 

CMS 1-10

 

0.00-0.50%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

CMS 11-14

 

0.51-3.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

CMS 15-18

 

3.01-20.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

CMS 19

 

20.01-99.99%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

CMS 20-23

 

100%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

Central adjustment to severe scenario

 

 

 

 

200 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

200 

 

 

Total loans and advances to customers

 

 

 

 

1,332

 

 

2,168

 

 

2,161

 

 

325

 

 

5,986

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In respect of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail

 

 

 

 

850

 

 

1,376

 

 

633

 

 

325

 

 

3,184

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

270

 

 

792

 

 

1,509

 

 

—

 

 

2,571

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

212

 

 

—

 

 

19

 

 

—

 

 

231

 

 

Total loans and advances to customers

 

 

 

 

1,332

 

 

2,168

 

 

2,161

 

 

325

 

 

5,986

 

 

 

93


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

17.                     Credit quality of loans and advances to banks and customers (continued)

 

Gross drawn exposures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

originated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

credit-

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December 2019

 

range

 

 

Stage 1

 

 

Stage 2

 

 

Stage 3

 

 

impaired

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to banks:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CMS 1-10

 

0.00-0.50%

 

 

9,777

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

9,777

 

 

CMS 11-14

 

0.51-3.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

CMS 15-18

 

3.01-20.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

CMS 19

 

20.01-99.99%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

CMS 20-23

 

100%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,777

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

9,777

 

 

Loans and advances to customers:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail — mortgages

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RMS 1-6

 

0.00-4.50%

 

 

257,028

 

 

13,494

 

 

—

 

 

-

 

 

270,522

 

 

RMS 7-9

 

4.51-14.00%

 

 

15

 

 

2,052

 

 

—

 

 

-

 

 

2,067

 

 

RMS 10

 

14.01-20.00%

 

 

—

 

 

414

 

 

—

 

 

-

 

 

414

 

 

RMS 11-13

 

20.01-99.99%

 

 

—

 

 

975

 

 

—

 

 

-

 

 

975

 

 

RMS 14

 

100.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

1,506

 

 

13,714

 

 

15,220

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

257,043

 

 

16,935

 

 

1,506

 

 

13,714

 

 

289,198

 

 

Retail — credit cards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RMS 1-6

 

0.00-4.50%

 

 

14,745

 

 

729

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

15,474

 

 

RMS 7-9

 

4.51-14.00%

 

 

1,355

 

 

556

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

1,911

 

 

RMS 10

 

14.01-20.00%

 

 

32

 

 

105

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

137

 

 

RMS 11-13

 

20.01-99.99%

 

 

1

 

 

291

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

292

 

 

RMS 14

 

100.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

385

 

 

—

 

 

385

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,133

 

 

1,681

 

 

385

 

 

—

 

 

18,199

 

 

Retail — UK Motor Finance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RMS 1-6

 

0.00-4.50%

 

 

13,568

 

 

1,297

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

14,865

 

 

RMS 7-9

 

4.51-14.00%

 

 

314

 

 

368

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

682

 

 

RMS 10

 

14.01-20.00%

 

 

—

 

 

99

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

99

 

 

RMS 11-13

 

20.01-99.99%

 

 

2

 

 

178

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

180

 

 

RMS 14

 

100.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

150

 

 

—

 

 

150

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,884

 

 

1,942

 

 

150

 

 

—

 

 

15,976

 

 

Retail — other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RMS 1-6

 

0.00-4.50%

 

 

17,166

 

 

763

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

17,929

 

 

RMS 7-9

 

4.51-14.00%

 

 

1,330

 

 

784

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

2,114

 

 

RMS 10

 

14.01-20.00%

 

 

44

 

 

91

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

135

 

 

RMS 11-13

 

20.01-99.99%

 

 

151

 

 

338

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

489

 

 

RMS 14

 

100.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

443

 

 

—

 

 

443

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,691

 

 

1,976

 

 

443

 

 

—

 

 

21,110

 

 

Total Retail

 

 

 

 

305,751

 

 

22,534

 

 

2,484

 

 

13,714

 

 

344,483

 

 

 

94


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

17.                     Credit quality of loans and advances to banks and customers (continued)

 

Gross drawn exposures (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

originated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

credit-

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December 2019

 

range

 

 

Stage 1

 

 

Stage 2

 

 

Stage 3

 

 

impaired

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CMS 1-10

 

0.00-0.50%

 

 

59,708

 

 

379

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

60,087

 

 

CMS 11-14

 

0.51-3.00%

 

 

25,569

 

 

2,318

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

27,887

 

 

CMS 15-18

 

3.01-20.00%

 

 

1,797

 

 

3,111

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

4,908

 

 

CMS 19

 

20.01-99.99%

 

 

—

 

 

169

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

169

 

 

CMS 20-23

 

100%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

3,447

 

 

—

 

 

3,447

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

87,074

 

 

5,977

 

 

3,447

 

 

—

 

 

96,498

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RMS 1-6

 

0.00-4.50%

 

 

754

 

 

32

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

786

 

 

RMS 7-9

 

4.51-14.00%

 

 

40

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

40

 

 

RMS 10

 

14.01-20.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

RMS 11-13

 

20.01-99.99%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

RMS 14

 

100.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

84

 

 

—

 

 

84

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

794

 

 

32

 

 

84

 

 

—

 

 

910

 

 

CMS 1-10

 

0.00-0.50%

 

 

56,356

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

56,356

 

 

CMS 11-14

 

0.51-3.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

CMS 15-18

 

3.01-20.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

CMS 19

 

20.01-99.99%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

CMS 20-23

 

100%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

56,356

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

56,356

 

 

Total loans and advances to customers

 

 

 

 

449,975

 

 

28,543

 

 

6,015

 

 

13,714

 

 

498,247

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In respect of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail

 

 

 

 

305,751

 

 

22,534

 

 

2,484

 

 

13,714

 

 

344,483

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

87,074

 

 

5,977

 

 

3,447

 

 

—

 

 

96,498

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

57,150

 

 

32

 

 

84

 

 

—

 

 

57,266

 

 

Total loans and advances to customers

 

 

 

 

449,975

 

 

28,543

 

 

6,015

 

 

13,714

 

 

498,247

 

 

 

95


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

17.                     Credit quality of loans and advances to banks and customers (continued)

 

Expected credit losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

originated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

credit-

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December 2019

 

range

 

 

Stage 1

 

 

Stage 2

 

 

Stage 3

 

 

impaired

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to banks:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CMS 1-10

 

0.00-0.50%

 

 

2

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

2

 

 

CMS 11-14

 

0.51-3.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

CMS 15-18

 

3.01-20.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

CMS 19

 

20.01-99.99%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

CMS 20-23

 

100%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

2

 

 

Loans and advances to customers:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail — mortgages

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RMS 1-6

 

0.00-4.50%

 

 

23

 

 

183

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

206

 

 

RMS 7-9

 

4.51-14.00%

 

 

—

 

 

39

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

39

 

 

RMS 10

 

14.01-20.00%

 

 

—

 

 

13

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

13

 

 

RMS 11-13

 

20.01-99.99%

 

 

—

 

 

46

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

46

 

 

RMS 14

 

100.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

122

 

 

142

 

 

264

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23

 

 

281

 

 

122

 

 

142

 

 

568

 

 

Retail — credit cards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RMS 1-6

 

0.00-4.50%

 

 

103

 

 

25

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

128

 

 

RMS 7-9

 

4.51-14.00%

 

 

49

 

 

54

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

103

 

 

RMS 10

 

14.01-20.00%

 

 

3

 

 

19

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

22

 

 

RMS 11-13

 

20.01-99.99%

 

 

—

 

 

91

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

91

 

 

RMS 14

 

100.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

126

 

 

—

 

 

126

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

155

 

 

189

 

 

126

 

 

—

 

 

470

 

 

Retail — UK Motor Finance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RMS 1-6

 

0.00-4.50%

 

 

203

 

 

30

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

233

 

 

RMS 7-9

 

4.51-14.00%

 

 

10

 

 

15

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

25

 

 

RMS 10

 

14.01-20.00%

 

 

—

 

 

10

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

10

 

 

RMS 11-13

 

20.01-99.99%

 

 

1

 

 

32

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

33

 

 

RMS 14

 

100.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

84

 

 

—

 

 

84

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

214

 

 

87

 

 

84

 

 

—

 

 

385

 

 

Retail — other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RMS 1-6

 

0.00-4.50%

 

 

109

 

 

26

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

135

 

 

RMS 7-9

 

4.51-14.00%

 

 

55

 

 

64

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

119

 

 

RMS 10

 

14.01-20.00%

 

 

4

 

 

16

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

20

 

 

RMS 11-13

 

20.01-99.99%

 

 

3

 

 

103

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

106

 

 

RMS 14

 

100.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

158

 

 

—

 

 

158

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

171

 

 

209

 

 

158

 

 

—

 

 

538

 

 

Total Retail

 

 

 

 

563

 

 

766

 

 

490

 

 

142

 

 

1,961

 

 

 

96


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

17.                     Credit quality of loans and advances to banks and customers (continued)

 

Expected credit losses (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

originated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

credit-

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December 2019

 

range

 

 

Stage 1

 

 

Stage 2

 

 

Stage 3

 

 

impaired

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m

 

 

£m 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CMS 1-10

 

0.00-0.50%

 

 

33

 

 

1

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

34

 

 

CMS 11-14

 

0.51-3.00%

 

 

50

 

 

37

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

87

 

 

CMS 15-18

 

3.01-20.00%

 

 

13

 

 

174

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

187

 

 

CMS 19

 

20.01-99.99%

 

 

—

 

 

16

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

16

 

 

CMS 20-23

 

100%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

941

 

 

—

 

 

941

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

96

 

 

228

 

 

941

 

 

—

 

 

1,265

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RMS 1-6

 

0.00-4.50%

 

 

6

 

 

1

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

7

 

 

RMS 7-9

 

4.51-14.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

RMS 10

 

14.01-20.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

RMS 11-13

 

20.01-99.99%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

RMS 14

 

100.00%

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

16

 

 

—

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

1

 

 

16

 

 

—

 

 

23

 

 

CMS 1-10

 

0.00-0.50%

 

 

10

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

10

 

 

CMS 11-14

 

0.51-3.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

CMS 15-18

 

3.01-20.00%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

CMS 19

 

20.01-99.99%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

CMS 20-23

 

100%

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

10

 

 

Total loans and advances to customers

 

 

 

 

675

 

 

995

 

 

1,447

 

 

142

 

 

3,259

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In respect of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail

 

 

 

 

563

 

 

766

 

 

490

 

 

142

 

 

1,961

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

96

 

 

228

 

 

941

 

 

—

 

 

1,265

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

1

 

 

16

 

 

—

 

 

33

 

 

Total loans and advances to customers

 

 

 

 

675

 

 

995

 

 

1,447

 

 

142

 

 

3,259

 

 

 

97


 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

18.       Future accounting developments

 

The following pronouncements are not applicable for the year ending 31 December 2020 and have not been applied in preparing these interim financial statements. Save as disclosed below, the impact of these accounting changes is still being assessed by the Group and reliable estimates cannot be made at this stage.

 

IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts

 

IFRS 17 replaces IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts and is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023.

 

IFRS 17 requires insurance contracts and participating investment contracts to be measured on the balance sheet as the total of the fulfilment cash flows and the contractual service margin. Changes to estimates of future cash flows from one reporting date to another are recognised either as an amount in profit or loss or as an adjustment to the expected profit for providing insurance coverage, depending on the type of change and the reason for it. The effects of some changes in discount rates can either be recognised in profit or loss or in other comprehensive income as an accounting policy choice. The risk adjustment is released to profit and loss as an insurer’s risk reduces. Profits which are currently recognised through a Value in Force asset, will no longer be recognised at inception of an insurance contract. Instead, the expected profit for providing insurance coverage is recognised in profit or loss over time as the insurance coverage is provided.  The standard will have a significant impact on the accounting for the insurance and participating investment contracts issued by the Group.

 

The Group has undertaken a re-planning exercise in response to the change of date for IFRS 17 implementation. Work is progressing to plan and to date has focused on interpreting the requirements of the standard, developing methodologies and accounting policies, and assessing the changes required to reporting and other systems. The development of the Group’s data warehousing and actuarial liability calculation processes required for IFRS 17 reporting is progressing.

 

Minor amendments to other accounting standards

 

The IASB has issued a number of minor amendments to IFRSs effective 1 January 2021 and 1 January 2022 (including IFRS 9 Financial Instruments and IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets). These amendments are not expected to have a significant impact on the Group.

 

98


 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorised.

 

 

LLOYDS BANKING GROUP plc

 

 

 

By:

/s/ W Chalmers

 

Name:

William Chalmers

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

Dated:

30 July 2020

 

99